2018 Environmental Technical Manual

2018

Environmental Technical Manual

The Maryland-National Capital Park and Planning Commission Prince George’s County Planning Department Approved by the Prince George’s County Planning Board July 26, 2018 Edited By Publications as of November 2018

2018

Environmental Technical Manual

The Maryland-National Capital Park and Planning Commission Prince George’s County Planning Department 14741 Governor Oden Bowie Drive Upper Marlboro, MD 20772 www.pgplanning.org

Table of Contents INTRODUCTION

1.0 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................I-2 2.0 History of Environmental Regulations in Prince George’s County.............................................................................................I-2 3.0 Why Conservation Is Important...........................................................................................................................................................................I-3 4.0 Conservation Vision for the Future....................................................................................................................................................................I-5 5.0 Addition of Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements................................................................................................................................ I-6 6.0 Environmental Regulations and the Land Development Process............................................................................................. I-6 7.0 Data Sources for Plan Preparation.................................................................................................................................................................... I-8 8.0 Standard Symbols and Sheet Layouts......................................................................................................................................................... I-9 9.0 Preparation of Plans by Qualified Professionals....................................................................................................................................I-10

PART A: WOODLAND AND WILDLIFE HABITAT CONSERVATION TECHNICAL MANUAL 1.0 Introduction........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ A-2 2.0 Trees and the Law in Prince George’s County........................................................................................................................................ A-2 3.0 Process and Applicability....................................................................................................................................................................................... A-2 4.0 Forest Stand Delineation (SEE PART B)....................................................................................................................................................... A-3 5.0 Letters of Exemption................................................................................................................................................................................................... A-3 5.1 Preparation of the Application Package............................................................................................................................................A-4 5.2 Standard Letters of Exemption.................................................................................................................................................................A-4 5.3 Numbered Letters of Exemption.............................................................................................................................................................A-6 6.0 Type 1 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP1).............................................................................................................................................................A-7 6.1 Submission of a TCP1........................................................................................................................................................................................A-7 6.2 Process for Preparing a TCP1......................................................................................................................................................................A-7 6.2.1 Step 1: Priority Areas for Preservation and Replanting............................................................................................A-7 6.2.2 Step 2: Calculating the Woodland Conservation Requirement......................................................................A-8 6.2.3 Step 3: Illustration of How the Requirement is Being Met....................................................................................A-9 6.2.4 Step 4: Worksheet and Standard Notes......................................................................................................................... A-10 6.2.5 Step 5: Quality Control Check................................................................................................................................................. A-10 6.2.6 Step 6: Signature and Date by Qualified Professional.......................................................................................... A-10 6.3 Completing a TCP1 Worksheet.................................................................................................................................................................. A-11 6.4 EPS Approval Block..........................................................................................................................................................................................A-13 7.0 Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP2)...................................................................................................................................................... A-14 7.1 Applicability of a TCP2...................................................................................................................................................................................A-15 7.2 TCP2 Preparation Methodology.............................................................................................................................................................A-15 7.2.1 Submittal Requirements...............................................................................................................................................................A-15 7.2.2 Plan Preparation Process............................................................................................................................................................ A-16 7.3 Specialized TCP2s.............................................................................................................................................................................................A-17 7.3.1 Woodland Conservation Banks..............................................................................................................................................A-17 7.3.2 Forest Management/Timber Harvesting Plans...........................................................................................................A-21 7.3.3 Linear and Government Projects............................................................................................................................................A-21 7.3.4 Single Lot Revisions..........................................................................................................................................................................A-21 7.3.5 Remediation of Violations..........................................................................................................................................................A-22 7.4 Revisions to TCP2s.........................................................................................................................................................................................A-22 7.5 Implementation of TCP2s...........................................................................................................................................................................A-22

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Environmental Technical Manual • Page i

7.5.1 Preconstruction.................................................................................................................................................................................A-22 7.5.2 Construction........................................................................................................................................................................................A-22 7.5.3 Construction Completion........................................................................................................................................................... A-23 7.5.4 Postconstruction.............................................................................................................................................................................. A-23 8.0 Reporting Requirements—Maryland Department of Natural Resources.......................................................................A-24

PART B: PREPARATION OF A NATURAL RESOURCE INVENTORY 1.0 Introduction........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ B-2 1.1 NRI Applicability................................................................................................................................................................................................... B-2 1.1.1 Applications That DO Require Submittal of an NRI................................................................................................... B-2 1.1.2 Applications That DO NOT Require Submittal of an NRI........................................................................................ B-2 1.2 Submittal Requirements for Grandfathered Projects.............................................................................................................. B-3 1.3 Types of NRIs......................................................................................................................................................................................................... B-4 1.3.1 NRI Equivalency Letter (NRI-EL)............................................................................................................................................... B-4 1.3.2 Full NRI (NRI-FP)................................................................................................................................................................................... B-5 1.3.3 Intermediate NRI (NRI-IP).............................................................................................................................................................. B-5 1.3.4 Limited NRI (NRI-LP)........................................................................................................................................................................... B-5 1.3.5 CBCAn NRI Plan (NRI-CP).............................................................................................................................................................B-6 1.4 Data Sources for Plan and Letter Preparation..............................................................................................................................B-6 1.5 Preparation and Certification of Plans...............................................................................................................................................B-6 1.6 NRI Application Submission........................................................................................................................................................................B-7 1.7 Acceptance, Review, and Approval.......................................................................................................................................................B-7 1.7.1 Acceptance..............................................................................................................................................................................................B-7 1.7.2 Review Time..............................................................................................................................................................................................B-7 1.7.3 Approval.......................................................................................................................................................................................................B-7 1.8 Plan Validity, Use, and Revisions.............................................................................................................................................................B-7 1.8.1 Validity..........................................................................................................................................................................................................B-7 1.8.2 Use of Approved NRI........................................................................................................................................................................B-8 1.8.3 Revisions and Revalidation..........................................................................................................................................................B-8 1.9 Appeals..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................B-8 2.0 Required Documents and Application Submittal Requirements.............................................................................................B-9 2.1 Required NRI-Equivalency Letter (NRI-El) Application Documents.............................................................................B-9 2.2 Required NRI Plan Documents.................................................................................................................................................................B-9 2.3 Naming Conventions For PDF Documents................................................................................................................................... B-10 3.0 Natural Resource Inventory Plan Requirements................................................................................................................................... B-11 3.1 Plan Standards..................................................................................................................................................................................................... B-11 3.1.1 Extent of features and Information........................................................................................................................................ B-11 3.1.2 Scale............................................................................................................................................................................................................. B-11 3.1.3 Standard Symbols............................................................................................................................................................................. B-11 3.1.4 Standard Sheet Layout for Plans........................................................................................................................................... B-11 3.2 General Information Table............................................................................................................................................................................B-12 3.3 NRI General Notes.............................................................................................................................................................................................B-12 3.4 Site Statistics........................................................................................................................................................................................................B-12 3.5 Streams And Minimum Stream Buffers...........................................................................................................................................B-13 3.5.1 Regulated and Non-regulated Streams............................................................................................................................B-13 3.5.2 Buffers for Regulated Streams.................................................................................................................................................B-13 3.5.3 Buffers for Tier II Waters and Impaired Waters with Sediment TMDL........................................................B-14 3.6 Wetlands Delineation, Wetland Buffers, and Wetland Report........................................................................................B-15 3.6.1 Wetland Delineation.........................................................................................................................................................................B-15 3.6.2 Wetland Delineation Report.......................................................................................................................................................B-16 3.6.3 Wetlands of Special State Concern....................................................................................................................................B-16 3.7 Percent Annual Chance (100-Year) Floodplain.......................................................................................................................... B-17 3.8 Soils and Unsafe Lands............................................................................................................................................................................... B-18 Page ii • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

3.8.1 Marlboro Clay and Christiana Complex............................................................................................................................B-19 3.9 Topography and Steep Slopes..............................................................................................................................................................B-20 3.10 Primary Management Area......................................................................................................................................................................B-20 3.11 Forest Stand Delineation........................................................................................................................................................................... B-23 3.12 Forest Interior Dwelling Species (Fids Habitat and Buffer).............................................................................................. B-23 3.13 Rare, Threatened, or Endangered Species...................................................................................................................................B-25 3.14 Archeological and Historic Resources And Sites....................................................................................................................B-25 3.15 Easements............................................................................................................................................................................................................B-25 3.16 Scenic Resource Policy Areas..............................................................................................................................................................B-26 3.17 Noise..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................B-26 4.0 CBCA NRI Plan Requirements...........................................................................................................................................................................B-27 4.1 Chesapeake Bay Critical Area................................................................................................................................................................B-27 4.2 Mean High Water Line...................................................................................................................................................................................B-27 4.3 Critical Area Buffer..........................................................................................................................................................................................B-28 4.3.1 Primary Buffer.....................................................................................................................................................................................B-28 4.3.2 Secondary Buffer.............................................................................................................................................................................B-28 4.4 Developed Woodlands................................................................................................................................................................................B-28 4.5 Existing Lot Coverage...................................................................................................................................................................................B-28 4.5.1 Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Lot Coverage..............................................................................................................B-29 4.5.2 Zoning Ordinance Net Lot Coverage.................................................................................................................................B-30 5.0 Forest Stand Delineation......................................................................................................................................................................................B-30 5.1 Types of Forest Stand Delineation.......................................................................................................................................................B-31 5.1.1 Simplified Forest Stand Delineation.....................................................................................................................................B-31 5.1.2 Intermediate Forest Stand Delineation..............................................................................................................................B-31 5.1.3 Detailed Forest Stand Delineation....................................................................................................................................... B-32 5.2 Forest Stand Delineation Preparation Methodology............................................................................................................ B-32 5.2.1 Step 1: Background Information Collection/Base Map Preparation........................................................... B-33 5.2.2 Step 2: Base Map Evaluation.................................................................................................................................................. B-35 5.2.3 Step 3: Field Survey........................................................................................................................................................................B-37 5.2.4 Step 4: Analysis of Field Survey Data..............................................................................................................................B-43 5.2.5 Step 5: Preparation of the Final Forest Stand Delineation for Submission...........................................B-47

PART C: PRESERVATION, RESTORATION, AND ENHANCEMENT OF REGULATED ENVIRONMENTAL FEATURES 1.0 Introduction........................................................................................................................................................................................................................C-2 2.0 Regulations Regarding Impacts to Regulated Environmental Features..............................................................................C-3 3.0 Mitigation Opportunities and Sources.........................................................................................................................................................C-4

PART D: GUIDELINES FOR TREE CANOPY COVERAGE

1.0 Introduction........................................................................................................................................................................................................................D-2 2.0 Overview of Tree Canopy Coverage..............................................................................................................................................................D-3 3.0 Applicability of the Tree Canopy Requirements....................................................................................................................................D-4 4.0 Tree Canopy Coverage Calculation Methodology..............................................................................................................................D-4 4.1 Step 1: Calculating the Amount Required.........................................................................................................................................D-4 4.2 Step 2: Measuring the Woodlands and Tree Cover to Be Preserved.........................................................................D-5 4.3 Step 3: Calculating the Amount Provided........................................................................................................................................D-6

PART E: CHESAPEAKE BAY CRITICAL AREA................................................................................. E-3 APPENDICES.................................................................................................................................... See Index of Appendices Prince George’s County Planning Department

Environmental Technical Manual • Page iii

LIST OF FIGURES Figure I-1. The Three Tenets of Sustainability.........................................................................................................................................................I-3 Figure I-2. Blank Certification Statement to be used by the Qualified Professional for Forest Stand Delineation and Tree Conservation Plan Submissions.........................................................................................................I-11 Figure I-3. Blank Certification Statement to be Used by the Qualified Professional for NRI Submissions...........I-11 Figure A-1. Exemption Matrix...........................................................................................................................................................................................A-5 Figure B-1. Forest Stand Delineation Preparation Steps......................................................................................................................... B-32 Figure B-2. 1/10th-acre Fixed Plot Sampling Method.................................................................................................................................B-38 Figure B-3. Example of Specimen Tree and Critical Root Zone (CRZ) .........................................................................................B-42 Figure D-4. Calculating Tree Canopy Area for Single Tree.........................................................................................................................D-3 Figure D-5. Calculating Tree Canopy Area for Group of Trees...............................................................................................................D-6

LIST OF TABLES Table I-1. Benefits of Trees and Woodlands........................................................................................................................................................... I-4 Table I-2. The Four Phases of Land Development.............................................................................................................................................I-7 Table I-3. Required Submittals by Application Type....................................................................................................................................... I-8 Table A-1. Woodland Conservation and Afforestation Thresholds and Tree Canopy Requirements by Zone...............................................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-2. Woodland Conservation Summary Table................................................................................................................................. A-10 Table A-3. Lot-by-Lot Woodland Conservation Summary Table....................................................................................................... A-10 Table B-1. Applications that DO NOT Require an NRI Application........................................................................................................ B-3 Table B-2. Project Criteria for an NRI-EL.................................................................................................................................................................. B-5 Table B-3. Document Naming Conventions...................................................................................................................................................... B-10 Table B-4. General Information Table........................................................................................................................................................................B-12 Table B-5. Natural Resources Inventory Site Statistics Table..............................................................................................................B-12 Table B-6. Minimum Stream Buffers........................................................................................................................................................................B-13 Table B-7. Tier II Watersheds Expanded Buffer Widths.............................................................................................................................B-15 Table B-8. Wetlands of Special State Concern in Prince George’s County1............................................................................. B-17 Table B-9. Sample Soils Table........................................................................................................................................................................................B-19 Table B-10. Sample Subtitle 5B (CBCA) Existing Lot Coverage Table............................................................................................B-29 Table B-11. Sample Subtitle 27 (Zoning) Existing Net Lot Coverage Table..................................................................................B-30 Table B-12. Specimen, Champion, and Historic Tree Rating Guide..................................................................................................B-39 Table B-13. Sample FSD and NRI Specimen, Champion and Historic Tree Table..................................................................B-40 Table B-14. Sample TCP1 Specimen, Champion, and Historic Tree Table....................................................................................B-40 Table B-15. Sample TCP2 Specimen, Champion, and Historic Tree Table....................................................................................B-41 Table B-16. Assigning Priorities for Preservation...........................................................................................................................................B-45 Table B-17. Assigning Priorities for Restoration...............................................................................................................................................B-45 Table D-1. Tree Canopy Requirements by Zone................................................................................................................................................D-4

LIST OF MAPS Map B-1. Regulated Stream and Minimum Stream Buffer (ESA2)....................................................................................................B-14 Map B-2. Nontidal Wetland and Minimum Wetland Buffer...................................................................................................................B-16 Map B-3. Delineation of Primary Management Area..................................................................................................................................B-21 Map B-4. Correct Method for Delineation of Primary Management Area................................................................................B-22 Map B-5. Forest Interior Dwelling Species (FIDS) Habitat Buffer..................................................................................................... B-24 Map B-6. Sample Base Map........................................................................................................................................................................................B-34 Map B-7. Sample Base Map with Estimated Sample Plots and Estimated Forest Stand Boundaries.............B-36 Map B-8. Example of Priority Area Inset Map................................................................................................................................................B-46

Page iv • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Introduction

1.0 Introduction This Environmental Technical Manual provides guidance and direction on how to prepare environmentally related plans and documents for submission to Prince George’s County in conformance with the appropriate sections of County Code. This technical manual is presented in five parts: Part of the Manual

Corresponding County Code Provisions

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual

Subtitle 25, Division 2, and Subtitle 27

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory

Subtitles 4, 24, 27, and 32

Part C: Preservation, Restoration, and Enhancement of Regulated Environmental Features

Subtitles 24 and 27

Part D: Guidelines for Tree Canopy Coverage

Subtitle 25, Division 3, and Subtitle 27

Part E: Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (to be added at a later date)

Subtitles 5B, 24, and 27

The Environmental Technical Manual includes: • Instructions on how to prepare plans required for the submission of various application types • Process charts that explain various environmental review processes • Decision matrices to determine which process is appropriate for the subject application • Worksheets for the calculation of the requirements for each site • Appendices that contain supporting information and copies of necessary forms The technical manual was approved by the Prince George’s County Planning Board on July 29, 2010. If amendments or revisions are needed, the appropriate pages or sections will be prepared for review and approval by the Planning Board. Updates should be checked regularly by going to the Prince George’s County Planning Department’s web site at www.pgplanning.org.

2.0 History of Environmental Regulations in Prince George’s County Prior to 1989, protection of environmental resources was limited to areas identified during the review of development applications. There were few County Code provisions to assist in the determination of which resources were most important. There also was no guidance regarding the processes for field identification of resources and documentation on the plans submitted.

In 1989, several pieces of environmental legislation were passed in Prince George’s County that changed how development proposals were evaluated. The Prince George’s County Woodland Conservation and Tree Preservation Ordinance was passed in 1989 to protect tree and woodland resources. Also in 1989, the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA) regulations were adopted to protect the Chesapeake Bay and the resources closest to tidal waters.

Both of these bills were followed by similar legislation at the state level. At that time, revisions were made to the Subdivision Regulations (Subtitle 24) that resulted in the protection of streams and wetlands and their associated buffers. The regulations regarding the CBCA are contained in the County Code in Subtitle 5B and are not covered in this technical manual. A placeholder is provided for a future chapter on implementation of the CBCA regulations.

Page I-2 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

3.0 Why Conservation Is Important As new neighborhoods, communities, commercial areas, and parks are designed, an evaluation needs to be made to ensure that the existing resources of the highest quality are preserved for future generations. When structures are built, it is inevitable that trees, woodlands, and other natural resources will be lost. The task is to determine how best to design the development, so that the impacts are avoided or minimized, and to ensure that the highest quality resources are preserved.

Much has been written about the global issues of climate change and sustainability. Natural areas are one of the backbones of the complex solutions to climate change and making communities sustainable for this and future generations. Trees produce oxygen and cool the earth. Streams in good health that are stable and well protected ensure a clean water supply. The availability of open spaces for recreation and quiet contemplation are important aspects of a healthy society.

Scholars speak of the three tenets of sustainability: economics, social capital, and a healthy environment.

Economically, energy costs can be reduced by strategic planting of vegetation and the preservation of areas that are unsuitable for building, such as wetlands and floodplains. Socially, trees are planted for the beautification of neighborhoods—the shade of a large tree is a common social gathering place. Studies have shown that if people in hospitals can see trees from their windows, they will recover much faster than people without a view of trees, and the benefits to communities from trees and woodlands are many—reducing overall temperatures, cleaning the air, stabilizing the soil, and cleaning the water. (See Table I-1. Benefits of Trees and Woodlands.)

Figure I-1. The Three Tenets of Sustainability

The preservation of trees and woodlands is especially important to sustainable communities. Trees and woodlands form the fabric of the mid-Atlantic landscape. It was once said that a squirrel could dip a toe in the Atlantic Ocean and travel all the way to the Mississippi River without having to touch the ground because the forest canopy was so expansive. Today, trees and woodlands continue to provide shelter for both humans and wildlife and are an important factor to consider in relation to climate change and sustainability.

Trees and woodlands cool our homes, walkways, cars, parking lots, and buildings. Our energy costs would be measurably higher if it were not for trees and woodlands keeping the air cool. Trees planted in strategic locations around buildings can make buildings up to 20 degrees cooler. Table I-1 provides a list of some of the well-established benefits of trees and woodlands.

Introduction • Page I-3

Table I-1. Benefits of Trees and Woodlands Environmental Benefits

Economic Benefits

Health Benefits

Social Benefits

Cleaner/Cooler Air Trees reduce air pollution by absorbing carbon dioxide and producing oxygen.

Increased Business Value Trees enhance community economic stability by attracting businesses and tourists.

Increased Physical Activity People are more inclined to get outdoors and exercise when their surroundings are greener. More physical activity results in fewer health problems.

Improved Well Being Trees help people relax. They help reduce aggression and lessen violence. People feel safer and more satisfied with green surroundings.

Cleaner Water Trees act as natural water filters to prevent harmful land pollutants from getting into our waterways.

Increased Property Value Healthy trees can add up to 15 percent to a residential property value.

Better Attention/Focus More time spent outside results in better attention and increased concentration inside.

Healthy Child Development Children in green spaces are more likely to be active with an increase of creative play.

Trees contribute to healthy patterns of interrelation among adults and children outdoors.

Reduced Soil Erosion Tree roots increase soil permeability resulting in reduced surface runoff of water from storms and a reduction in erosion control practices.

Reduced Energy Costs Trees lower local air temperatures by transpiring water and shading surfaces resulting in reduced building energy usage.

Better Air Quality Trees remove or filter airborne pollutants and reduce the conditions that cause asthma.

Increased Physical Comfort Trees reduce wind and assist in the reduction of noise, provide shade, and improve psychological well-being.

Reduced Noise Pollution Trees absorb and block noise from the urban environment.

Reduced Health Care Costs Trees remove or trap lungdamaging dust, ash, pollen, and smoke from the air, encourage outdoor activity, and result in a healthier lifestyle.

Shorter Hospital Stays Trees speed healing and nurture positive attitudes in hospital patients who can see trees from their rooms.

Increased Social Activity Green spaces bring residents together more often. People are more involved in social activities in green environs than in areas that have few or no trees.

Wildlife and Plant Diversity Trees and associated plants create local ecosystems that provide habitat and food for birds and animals.

Lower Infrastructure Costs Trees affect the cost of storm water control by significantly slowing the movement of stormwater, which lowers the total runoff volume resulting in a reduction in the cost of storm water treatment.

Radiation Block Trees Provide shade and block ultraviolet radiation. Trees can block up to 95% of the sun’s radiation.

Better Neighborhoods Residents get to know one another, producing stronger more cohesive neighborhoods

Source: The International Society of Arboriculture, “Trees Are Good-Benefits of Trees,” 2007.

Both an economic and social benefit of tree and woodland conservation is cleaner air. As just one example, asthma, the respiratory ailment most related to air pollution, has been increasing over the last few decades. According to the Centers for Disease Control, Maryland has among the highest percentages of teenage asthma in the United States (over 9.8 percent) and asthma is generally higher in urban and African-American communities. Through a concerted effort of tree and woodland conservation, combined with other strategies, these statistics can be reduced.

Page I-4 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

4.0 Conservation Vision for the Future On June 14, 2005, the Countywide Green Infrastructure Plan was approved. This plan is the first comprehensive functional master plan ever developed for environmental ecosystems in Prince George’s County and the first of its kind in the nation. The plan’s purpose is to provide:

“A comprehensive vision for conserving significant environmental ecosystems in Prince George’s County” This plan guides development, green space protection, and mitigation activities and implements the long-range vision for preserving, protecting, enhancing, and restoring contiguous networks of environmentally important areas in the County by the year 2025. The Green Infrastructure Plan contains an overall goal, measurable objectives, and policies and strategies for implementation.

The Green Infrastructure Plan is used as a guide for decision-makers in both the land development process and when making decisions on public land acquisitions. It contains eight measurable objectives with regard to implementation that provide additional guidance for implementing the vision: 1. By the year 2025, ensure that 75 percent of the green infrastructure network acreage meets the definition of countywide significance.

2. Ninety percent of the land acreage purchased for environmental preservation using public funds should be located within the green infrastructure network. If a portion of a property purchased is in the green infrastructure network and a portion is outside of the network, for the purpose of this calculation, the entire acreage purchased will be counted toward meeting this objective.

3. In new subdivisions in the Rural Tier and outside of approved growth centers and corridors in the Developing Tier, ensure that 100 percent of impacts to regulated areas are limited to unavoidable impacts, such as those for road and utility crossings.

4. By the year 2025, less than 25 percent of countywide net losses of woodland cover should occur within the green infrastructure network.

5. By the year 2025, improve the water quality in each major watershed to elevate the Benthic Index of Biological Integrity (IBI) rating of the watershed by at least one category using, as a baseline, the 1999–2003 biological assessment of the streams and watersheds of Prince George’s County completed by the Department of Environmental Resources (DER).

6. By the year 2025, improve the stream habitat in each major watershed to elevate the habitat rating of the watershed by at least one category using, as a baseline, the 1999–2003 biological assessment of the streams and watersheds of Prince George’s County completed by DER. 7. Each year, strategically target 100 percent of off-site forest mitigation acreage into the green infrastructure network or adjacent to streams outside of the green infrastructure network. Fifty percent of the forest mitigation acreage should be targeted to improving water quality by establishing, enhancing, or restoring riparian forest buffers.

8. Each year, 100 percent of off-site environmental mitigation projects (wetland, forests, stream restoration, etc.) should be targeted to priority areas identified in the countywide catalog of mitigation sites. A minimum of 50 percent of the mitigation projects should be targeted to enhance the water quality of the major watershed in which the project generating the need for mitigation is located.

9. The update of the environmental regulations implements many of the strategies needed to meet these objectives. The technical manual assists in the implementation of the Green Infrastructure Plan by providing guidance on the structural elements needed to meet the requirements of the updated regulations.

Introduction • Page I-5

5.0 Addition of Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements In the 2010 update to the environmental regulations, a new provision was added that requires a minimum amount of tree canopy coverage on all new and redevelopment sites. Minimum tree canopy requirements have been in place in several jurisdictions since the early 1990s, and much success has been gained in these communities.

The minimum standards adopted in the 2010 update reflect the percentages that have been used in Fairfax County, Virginia, since 1989. With few exceptions, applicants have been able to meet these requirements on-site and have successfully regrown some of the tree cover lost to development. As portions of Prince George’s County become more developed, it will be increasingly important to weave tree canopy coverage into the fabric of these communities.

6.0 Environmental Regulations and the Land Development Process The existing natural resources of a site are evaluated throughout the land development process. The 2010 update to the environmental regulations require the submission of a Natural Resource Inventory (NRI) for all applications to ensure that regulated environmental features are identified as early in the process as possible. Table I-2 illustrates the major steps in the land development process.

Page I-6 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table I-2. The Four Phases of Land Development PHASE 1 Site Analysis and Feasibility Study (Simultaneous tasks conducted by the private sector) • Market analysis to evaluate timing, budget, and demand • Site visit/analysis to determine what portions are developable • Regulated physical features examined (environmental, historic etc.)

• Determination made whether rezoning necessary • Determination made whether special exception required • Decisions made for public/private water and sewer • Existing planning documents reviewed • Determination made whether project is feasible

PHASE 2 Engineering and Plan Review (Sequential tasks conducted by private/public sectors) Initial Stage: • Rezoning if required • Public water and sewer category change if required • Natural resources identified • Preliminary engineering design • Conceptual tree conservation plan • Conceptual stormwater management plan • Perc testing if well and septic site • Site development (stormwater) concept and approval • Phase 1 archeological study if required • Traffic study if required Detailed Stage: • Final engineering design • Street grades established • Water and sewer layout • Detailed tree conservation plan • Phase 2 archeological study if required • Technical stormwater management design • Final road and utility layout • Final well and septic design • Plat preparation and recordation • Final stormdrain, sediment control, and water and sewer designs

PHASE 3 Permitting • WSSC permits (utility extensions, connections, permitting) • DPW&T permits (grading, stormdrain, street construction, other) • Health Department permits (well and septic) • Other permits (wetland impacts, street construction—state highway access) • Utility coordination (site plans to electric, gas, phone, and cable companies) • DER permits (grading, final building permit issuance)

PHASE 4 Construction and Inspection • Pre-construction meeting held • Permit issued • Initial inspection approval • Clearing and rough grading phase • Infrastructure phase • Site development phase • Use and Occupancy issued • Final inspection approval • Bond release

Source: Adapted from the Prince George’s County Site Development Forum Manual, 2007

As shown in Table I-2, there are four phases in the overall process of land development. Table I-3 generally describes the required information for each application type.

Introduction • Page I-7

Table I-3. Required Submittals by Application Type TCP2 or WCO-EX Required

Approved Natural Resource Inventory Required2 (NRI)

TCP1 or WCO-EX Required

CDP or CSP

X

X

Conservation Subdivision

X

X

Preliminary Plan of Subdivision

X

X

DSP, SDP or SP

X

X X

Application Type

Forest Stand Delineation Required1

Basic plan

X

Zoning Map Amendment

X3

Special Exception

X

SWM Concept

X

Grading, Erosion, Sediment Control

X

Grading or Building Permits

CBCA Conservation Plan5

X

All Permits in CBCA Overlay Zone

X

Zoning Ordinance Departures4

X

CBCA Conservation Plan Woodland Conservation Letter of Exemption (WCO-EX)

X X

1.

See Sections 27-159 and 27-179 for requirements for certain Zoning Map Amendment Applications. See Section 25-123 for submission of all other applications. The type of FSD required (simplified, intermediate, or detailed FSD) depends on the site features or as determined by the Planning Director or designee. The FSD requirements may be waived by the Planning Director or designee if sufficient information is provided by the applicant or can be evaluated through other available sources such as PGAtlas. When an FSD is prepared and reviewed as part of valid NRI, a separate FSD is not required unless it is over 5 years old.

2.

A NRI may be waived for certain applications indicated above if it meets the criteria described in Part B Section 1.1.2, Table B-1.

3.

A forest stand delineation is required only for Zoning Map Amendments applications for the R-P-C zone or a Comprehensive Design Zone.

4.

If a departure is part of an application that includes a TCP2 or WCO-EX, a separate submittal of these documents is not required. The NRI requirement for a stand-alone departure may be waived by the Planning Director or designee if sufficient information is provided by the applicant or can be avaluated through other available sources such as PGAtlas. Stand-alone nonconforming use applications have no environmental submittal requirements.

5.

A CBCA conservation plan is only required for projects that do not meet the criteria for a staff level review. The criteria can be found in 5B-116.

The technical manual describes the plan specifications and preparation processes related to each application.

When comments are received during the review of any of the plans covered in this manual, applicants are required to submit a comment/response letter to speed the review of the plans and provide a description of the applicant’s understanding of the comments provided. As noted in Subtitle 25, the plans showing the existing environmental information must be at the same scale as the associated submittals.

Additional submittal requirements to address potential issues that vary from site to site, such as the presence of Marlboro clay, noise, and/or variance applications, may also be required.

7.0 Data Sources for Plan Preparation The Index of Data Sources (see Appendix—Introduction) includes a complete list of sources for obtaining the information required to prepare a TCP or NRI. This includes, but is not limited to, soil, floodplain, specimen tree, Marlboro Clay, and many other required data. Other sources may be used and must be noted on the plan and are subject to approval by the Planning Director or designee.

Page I-8 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

8.0 Standard Symbols and Sheet Layouts Standard symbols (see Appendix—Introduction) are required to be used on all plans referenced in this manual. The use of standard symbols will reduce review times and provide clarity on detailed plans. Alternate symbols may be used only if they are equivalent to those provided in Appendix—Introduction and provide the same level of clarity.

Alternate symbols are subject to review and approval by the Planning Director or designee.

The standard sheet layout is to be used for all plan submittals and should be customized for the different plan types discussed in the technical manual. In general, the title block, professional certification, tabulation tables (either the TCP worksheet or other tables depending on the plan type), and the EPS approval block shall be placed in the lower right-hand corner so that when the plans are folded this information is easily referenced. The legend must be located as closely to the lower right-hand corner as possible to allow for easy reference of the symbols used on the drawing.

The scale of the plan must be listed in the title section of the drawing. A bar scale must be shown on all sheets.

Additional site statistics and required plan notes must be provided in the upper right-hand corner of the sheet. A sample sheet layout to be used for all environmental plans being submitted for review and approval can be found in Appendix—Introduction. An overall cover sheet shall be provided for multisheet plans containing three or more sheets. The cover sheet shall provide a key to the areas covered by each sheet. The key must be provided on each sheet. Color copies of required plans may be submitted only if all features shown on the plan are fully legible when the plans are reproduced in black and white.

Introduction • Page I-9

9.0 Preparation of Plans by Qualified Professionals The Prince George’s County Code requires that a person be a qualified professional to submit certain plans for review and approval. This requirement ensures that the plans have been prepared according to industry standards and meet the minimum requirements of the County Code and the Environmental Technical Manual.

To attain qualified professional status in Prince George’s County, a person must be a licensed forester, a licensed landscape architect, or a certified arborist. If these qualifications cannot be verified online or if a person is not listed on the Maryland Department of Natural Resources’ (DNR) qualified professionals list, documentation of licensure or certification may be required.

Any person who has attained qualified professional status through the DNR program is automatically eligible to submit plans in Prince George’s County. A person may also seek qualified professional status solely in Prince George’s County by meeting the following criteria as required by COMAR 08.19.06.01: An individual may be approved by Prince George’s County as a qualified professional if the individual: 1. Possesses the following education or experience requirements: a. A four-year degree in natural resource science, natural resource management, landscape planning, or environmental planning. b. Four years of professional experience in natural resource science, natural resource management, landscape planning, environmental planning, or the equivalent as determined by the Planning Director or designee. c. A graduate degree in natural resource science and one year of professional experience.

2. Has shown the ability to meet the obligations required by the Planning Department to prepare a forest stand delineation and a tree conservation plan.

3. Has satisfactorily completed a forest conservation training program approved by DNR. A certification block must be provided on all plans. Blank certification blocks are provided in Figures I-2 and I-3.

By signing the plans, the qualified professional is certifying that the information on the plans is true and accurate and meets the minimum submittal standards provided herein. They are, through their signature, certifying that they have either personally prepared the plans or reviewed the work of others for accuracy and completeness. This requirement applies to all qualified professionals. If the professional has a valid seal, then both the certification block and professional seal must be shown on the plans.

Page I-10 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Figure I-2. Blank Certification Statement to be used by the Qualified Professional for Forest Stand Delineation and Tree Conservation Plan Submissions QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION This plan complies with the current requirements of Subtitle 25 and the Woodland and Wildlife Conservation Technical Manual.

Signed:_________________________________________________________ Date:____________________ (Place printed name, address, phone number, and e-mail address of qualified professional below the signature.)

Figure I-3. Blank Certification Statement to be Used by the Qualified Professional for NRI Submissions QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION This NRI complies with the current requirements of Prince George’s County Code and the Environmental Technical Manual.

Signed:_________________________________________________________ Date:____________________ (Place printed name, address, phone number, and e-mail address of qualified professional below the signature)

Introduction • Page I-11

Page I-12 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Part A

Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual

1.0 Introduction This part of the Environmental Technical Manual provides guidance and direction on how to prepare tree conservation plans and related documents for submission in Prince George’s County to demonstrate conformance with Subtitles 4, 25, 27, and 32 of the County Code. Refer to these subtitles for the regulations that this portion of the manual addresses. In the County Code, this section of the Environmental Manual is referred to as “The Technical Manual.”

2.0 Trees and the Law in Prince George’s County On January 29, 1990, the Prince George’s County Woodland Conservation and Tree Preservation Ordinance (CB73-1990) went into effect. This program required the conservation of woodlands in accordance with the “Prince George’s County Conservation and Tree Preservation Policy Document” for development plans and grading permits involving sites that are 40,000 square feet or greater in area and contain a total of 10,000 square feet or more of woodlands.

When it was first introduced, the Woodland Conservation Ordinance (WCO) was groundbreaking in the State of Maryland and nationally. It provided, for the first time, direction and requirements with regard to the preservation of trees and woodlands during the land development process. The County had a vision to be a leader in the environmental field, as a way to provide its citizens with the healthiest, most sustainable, and beautiful communities within which to live and work.

In May 1990 a technical manual was published to provide guidance and direction on how to prepare the required plans. The manual included examples, instructions, and details to help implement the ordinance requirements.

Appendices included information for preparing forest stand delineations and tree conservation plans.

In 1991, the General Assembly of Maryland adopted the Forest Conservation Act, Subtitle 16. “Natural Resources,” Annotated Code of Maryland and Section 5-1603(a). At that time, most of the provisions of the Prince George’s County ordinance were adopted by the state. Today, County programs are required to be approved and periodically reviewed by the Maryland Department of Natural Resources Forest Service.

Since 1990, various County Council bills have been approved concerning woodland conservation. In 2010, the County Council approved an update to the Prince George’s County Code to bring it into conformance with state laws regarding tree and forest conservation. The name of the ordinance was changed to the Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance to emphasize that wildlife habitat conservation is one of the purposes of the regulations. The updated ordinance was approved by the County Council on July 13, 2010, and is abbreviated WCO throughout this manual. Several state bills have also been passed since 1991 to amend the Forest Conservation Act. The current state requirements have been incorporated in the 2010 update to the WCO. The Council bill that approved the updated ordinance is CB-27-2010.

3.0 Process and Applicability The process of preparing plans for conformance to the County Code starts with the preparation of a forest stand delineation (FSD) or natural resource inventory (NRI) and then the preparation of the appropriate type of tree conservation plan, depending on the type of application (see Table I-3 in the Introduction chapter). Section 25-119 of the WCO details the applicability of the regulations and should be consulted prior to preparing plans for submittal.

A-2 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

The technical manual describes the plan specifications and preparation processes related to each application.

When comments are received during the review of any of the plans covered in this manual, applicants are required to submit a comment/response letter to speed the review of the plans and provide a description of the applicant’s understanding of the comments provided. As noted in Subtitle 25, the plans showing the existing environmental information must be at the same scale as the associated submittals.

Additional submittal requirements to address potential issues that vary from site to site, such as the presence of Marlboro Clay, noise, or variance applications, may also be required.

The requirements for each application type are contained in the County Code sections that govern the relevant portion of the process.

Letters of exemption (LOE) from the WCO may be granted for certain properties or activities only if the property does not have a previously approved tree conservation plan. Two types of exemption letters may be issued: standard exemptions are for development applications for sites that are less than 40,000 square feet in size or for sites that contain less than 10,000 square feet of woodlands, and numbered exemptions are for permit applications for activities that disturb less than 5,000 square feet of woodlands. Numbered exemptions are to be used for permit applications only and are not acceptable for submission with a land development application. The conditions and requirements for each type of exemption are outlined in the Letters of Exemption section.

Tree conservation plans are the legal mechanism used to illustrate how the woodland conservation requirements will be met both during the land development process and in perpetuity as required by the Forest Conservation Act. There are two types of tree conservation plans. Specific requirements for Type 1 and Type 2 tree conservation plans, and the level of detail required for each, are outlined in Sections 6.0 and 7.0 below.

4.0 Forest Stand Delineation (SEE PART B) 5.0 Letters of Exemption A property may be eligible for an LOE from the woodland conservation requirements of the WCO when information is verified that the site or proposed activity qualifies for an exemption under the criteria set forth for exemptions. An LOE from the woodland conservation requirements does not exempt the property from the tree canopy requirements as outlined in the Guidelines for Tree Canopy Coverage section. All applications must either include a standard LOE or the appropriate tree conservation plan. Permit applications for specific activities may include a numbered LOE in lieu of a tree conservation plan.

Letters of exemption cannot be issued for properties that have a previously approved TCP unless the TCP has expired.

Information regarding the presence of a tree conservation plan is provided at www.pgatlas.com (use the identify feature) or by visiting the Environmental Planning Section.

Letters of exemption are not required for certain activities. For a list of these activities, refer to the WCO, Section 25-119. Applicability. (b) Exemptions from this Division.

Letters of exemption are valid for two years from the date of issuance. If the associated application or permit expires, the LOE also expires. Renewing the LOE requires a new application, a copy of the previous letter, and the associated fee.

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-3

A standard letter of exemption is issued for sites with no previous TCP that meet one of the conditions listed in this section under Standard Letters of Exemption. A numbered LOE is issued for proposed activities on properties that are greater than 40,000 square feet, contain more than 10,000 square feet of woodland, have no previous TCP, and meet one of the conditions listed in this section under Numbered Letters of Exemption.

Refer to the Exemption Matrix (Figure A-1) for information regarding when a tree conservation plan is required and when a letter of exemption may be requested.

5.1

PREPARATION OF THE APPLICATION PACKAGE

To apply for a letter of exemption, the following must be submitted to the Environmental Planning Section: 1. A site plan or equivalent showing the existing tree line, proposed limit of disturbance, and proposed activity.

The plan must show sufficient information so that a determination can be made regarding the exemption status for the application. If the information submitted is not sufficient to make a determination regarding the exemption status for an application, a simplified forest stand delineation (FSD) may be required. If the activity requires a land development application for a subdivision, for example, a numbered exemption cannot be issued.

2. A completed Environmental Planning Section application form, available online at www.pgplanning.org or from the Environmental Planning Section.

3. A check or money order for the appropriate fee made payable to The Maryland-National Capital Park and Planning Commission. If multiple applications are requested, a separate check is required for each application. Applications may be made in person during business hours or by mailing a package containing all required materials to the Planning Department.

5.2 STANDARD LETTERS OF EXEMPTION Standard LOEs are issued for sites with no previous TCP that meet one or more of the following conditions: 1. The property is less than 40,000 square feet gross tract area.

2. The property contains less than 10,000 square feet of woodland.

3. The site is located within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA). (If a site is located partially within the CBCA, then only that portion within the CBCA is exempt from the WCO and is subject instead to CBCA regulations. If a portion of the property is outside the CBCA, that portion must conform to the regulations of the WCO.) 4. A letter from the State of Maryland Department of Natural Resources is provided stating that they are taking jurisdiction over the review of the project. (The standard LOE and the state-approved forest conservation plan shall accompany all local applications.)

5. The construction of a state road or highway is proposed, and a letter from the State of Maryland Department of Natural Resources is provided stating that they are taking over the review of the project.

6. Cutting or clearing of trees or woodlands necessary to meet the requirements related to objects affecting navigable airspace, provided that the Federal Aviation Administration has determined that the trees are a hazard to aviation.

A-4 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Figure A-1. Exemption Matrix

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-5

5.3 NUMBERED LETTERS OF EXEMPTION Numbered letters of exemption are issued for an activity or series of activities resulting in the cumulative disturbance of less than 5,000 square feet of woodland during a five-year period on a site that otherwise would be subject to the WCO. A numbered letter of exemption shall not be issued for properties that are required to submit applications as part of the land development process for the activity proposed. The property must not have a previous TCP and must meet one or more of the following conditions: 1. Less than 5,000 square feet of woodland is proposed to be cleared over a five-year period.

2. No other applications are required as part of the land development process for the activity proposed.

3. Commercial logging and forest harvesting operations are proposed on properties in the Open Space (O- S), Residential-Agricultural (R-A), Residential-Estate (R-E), or the Rural-Residential (R-R) zones. The land is subject to the requirements established in the WCO, Section 25-119. Applicability. (b) Exemptions from this Division. (5) (C) Numbered Letter of Exemption. An approved Forest Management Plan is also required.

4. A linear project that meets all of the following criteria: a. Proposes to disturb less than 20,000 square feet of woodland. b. None of the associated properties are subject to a previously approved TCP.

A-6 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

6.0 Type 1 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP1) A Type 1 tree conservation plan (TCP1) illustrates conceptually how the requirements of Subtitle 25 and the other relevant requirements of related sections of the County Code will be met. It is prepared by analyzing the existing site features and determining which features are the highest priorities for preservation. Other environmental issues, such as noise, soil conditions, and water resources, are also considered prior to site design. This analysis is then meshed with the site constraints, such as access points for roadways and utilities, to determine the best conceptual layout for the development proposed.

TCP1 applications are required to meet all of the requirements of Subtitle 25. Applicants can request a variance from the provisions of Subtitle 25 provided all of the required findings in Section 25-119(d) can be met and the request is not less stringent than the requirements of the applicable provisions of COMAR. An application for a variance shall be accompanied by a letter of justification stating the reasons for the request and how the request meets each of the required findings. Required variances associated with a TCP1 shall be approved by the Planning Board, Zoning Hearing Examiner, and the District Council with the associated case as appropriate.

A TCP1 is followed later in the process by a Type 2 tree conservation plan that provides the detailed grading, final building locations, and final calculations of woodland conservation. Refer to the Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP2) section for information regarding the preparation of a TCP2.

At a minimum, a TCP1 is a plan prepared at the same scale as the associated application and includes a completed worksheet, standard notes, and all of the elements required by the TCP1 checklist. The TCP1 must be checked for accuracy and completeness prior to submission by the qualified professional who prepared it. TCP1s are required to be submitted with an associated application and are not reviewed separately from their associated application.

A plan preparation checklist and the standard TCP1 notes are provided in Appendix A.

6.1 SUBMISSION OF A TCP1 A TCP1 is conceptual in nature and is required to be included as part of the following applications: 1. Conceptual site plans 2. Comprehensive design plans 3. Preliminary plans of subdivision An overall cover sheet must be provided for multisheet plans. The cover sheet shall provide a key to the areas covered by each sheet, and this key shall be provided on each sheet.

6.2 PROCESS FOR PREPARING A TCP1 6.2.1 Step 1: Priority Areas for Preservation and Replanting During preparation of the FSD, the site was evaluated to identify areas of high priority woodlands. During the preparation of the natural resource inventory, regulated environmental features and their buffers were established.

When preparing a TCP1, the first step is to analyze the priority areas for preservation and determine how the proposed development fits within this framework. Through all aspects of the site design process, the priority areas should be considered and impacts avoided or minimized. Areas that are priorities for replanting are also considered throughout the design process and are enhanced using either reforestation or afforestation so that priority areas have the opportunity to develop into perpetual woodlands. The priority areas for consideration as woodland conservation are provided in Section 25-121(b)(1): “(b) Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Priorities “(1) The required locational priorities for consideration as woodland conservation are as follows in the order listed:

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-7

“(A) Green infrastructure network elements designated in the Countywide Green Infrastructure Plan and any subsequent updates, or within the designated green infrastructure networks in master or sector plans. “(B) Critical habitat areas. “(C) Contiguous wooded areas with: high structural and species diversity; few nonnative and invasive species present; very good overall stand health; and high potential to provide a significant amount of habitat for forest interior dwelling plant, animal, and bird species. “(D) Champion trees designated by the United States, the State of Maryland, the County or municipalities. “(E) Specimen trees and historic trees. “(F) Forest Legacy Areas as defined by the state. “(G) Trees that are within the environmental setting of a historic site or associated with a historic resource.”

When selecting areas for preservation or restoration on a TCP1, the location, condition, and structure of the existing woodlands as detailed in the FSD report should be used. When deciding whether specimen, champion, or historic trees should be preserved, their condition as outlined in the FSD report should be considered, as well as the construction tolerance for each species. A construction tolerance chart is provided in Appendix A. Per Subtitle 25, Section 25-122(b)(1)(G). Specimen trees, champion trees, and trees that are part of a historic site or are associated with a historic structure shall be preserved, and the design shall either preserve the critical root zone of each tree in its entirety or preserve an appropriate percentage of the critical root zone in keeping with the tree’s condition and the species’ ability to survive construction. It should be noted that the removal of a specimen, champion, or historic tree requires the approval of a variance per Section 25-119(d).

6.2.2 Step 2: Calculating the Woodland Conservation Requirement After a site design has been prepared using the information gleaned from the priority area analysis, the woodland conservation requirement can be calculated.

The woodland conservation requirement is based on two factors: the woodland conservation threshold (WCT) percentage is based on the zoning of the subject property and the total woodland conservation requirement is based on the threshold and the amount of clearing proposed. One of the standard woodland conservation worksheets must be used to calculate the total requirement. A basic woodland conservation worksheet and the guidelines for completion are included in Appendix A. The acreage of the WCT is determined by multiplying the WCT percentage for that zone (see Table A-1) by the net tract area (gross tract area minus 100-year floodplain and “previously dedicated land”—refer to WCO for definitions) as shown in the example below.

14.00 acres gross tract area – 1.00 acre of 100-year floodplain – 0.00 acre of previously dedicated land =13.00 acres of net tract area 13.00 acres of net tract area X 0.20 percent threshold in the R-T Zone = 2.60 acres woodland conservation threshold (WCT) Afforestation refers to planting trees where none existed on a site before or where they have been absent for a long time. At a minimum, all sites subject to the WCO must meet the afforestation threshold as stated in the WCO. Woodland conservation thresholds and afforestation thresholds (AFT) are expressed in percentages and differ by zoning category.

A-8 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

If a site contains less acreage of woodlands than the acreage of the threshold, then the woodland conservation threshold drops to the acreage of woodlands on the site. The minimum woodland conservation threshold cannot fall below the afforestation threshold for a site.

Table A-1. Woodland Conservation and Afforestation Thresholds and Tree Canopy Requirements by Zone WOODLAND CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS Zone

Minimum Woodland Conservation Threshold*

Minimum Afforestation Threshold*

R-O-S, O-S, R-A

50%

20%

R-E, R-L, V-L

25%

20%

R-S, R-R, R-80, R-55, R-35, R-20, R-T, R-30, R-30C, R-18, R-18C, R-10, R-10A, R-H, R-U, R-M, R-M-H, V-M

20%

15%

C-A, C-O, C-S-C, C-1, C-C, C-G, C-2, C-W, C-M, C-H, C-R-C, I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, E-I-A, L- A-C, M-X-C, M-U-I, M-U-T-C, M-X-T, M-A-C, U-L-I

15%

15%

*Percentage of net tract area

6.2.3 Step 3: Illustration of How the Requirement is Being Met After the requirement has been determined for the site, the design is evaluated to determine how the requirement will be met. The preservation areas in priority locations will be the first areas to be counted toward meeting the requirement. Consideration should then be given to placing afforestation and reforestation areas adjacent to the priority areas for preservation. Refer to Subtitle 25-121(b) for the order of priorities for woodland conservation.

The design must meet the design criteria outlined in Subtitle 25 , Section 25-122. The plans must show all standard symbols clearly and each existing or proposed wooded area must be labeled separately as to treatment and acreage.

A table shall be provided on each sheet that contains the following information: gross tract area, 100-year floodplain (FP), net tract area (NTA), existing woodland within the net tract area, existing woodland within the 100-year floodplain, woodland cleared in the net tract area (C-NTA), woodland cleared in the 100-year floodplain (C-FP), woodland cleared off-site (C-OS), woodland preservation area (WPA),woodland reforestation/afforestation area (WRA), woodland retained/not credited toward the requirements (WR-NC), and woodland retained but assumed cleared (WP-AC). The figures provided on each sheet are then calculated to provide the overall totals for the site.

These totals must match the areas being reported on the woodland conservation worksheet. All off-site clearing must be reported on the worksheet. A summary table, similar to the one shown in Table A-2, must be provided on the cover sheet. For developments that will likely be developed by different parties in the future, such as a large-lot development with different custom builders or an industrial site where the parcels will be developed by different parties in the future, a lot-by-lot table may be required that contains the same information as that provided in Table A-3.

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-9

Table A-2. Woodland Conservation Summary Table

Sheet

Gross Tract Area

100-Year Floodplain (FP)

Net Tract Area (NTA)

Ex. Woodland (NTA)

Ex. Woodland (FP)

Woodland Cleared Net Tract (C-NTA)

1

7.32

1.27

6.05

5.50

1.27

2.72

0.79

Woodland Reforestation Area (WRA)

Woodland Retained/ Not Credited (WR-NC)

Woodland Retained/ Assumed Cleared (WR-AC)

1.28

-

1.50

-

Woodland Cleared Floodplain (C-FP)

Woodland Cleared OffSite (C-OS)

Woodland Preservation Area (WPA)

0.48

-

2

6.95

0.79

6.16

5.86

3.63

-

-

0.58

-

1.65

-

3

5.05

-

5.05

4.85

1.85

-

-

2.00

-

1.00

-

4

5.62

-

5.62

5.50

1.62

-

-

1.78

-

2.10

-

5

6.16

-

6.16

6.00

2.49

-

-

1.85

-

1.66

-

6

4.76

-

4.76

4.50

1.68

-

-

0.90

-

1.92

-

7

6.92

-

6.92

6.25

1.10

-

-

2.15

-

3.00

-

8

7.97

-

7.97

7.75

2.69

-

-

3.41

-

1.65

-

9

5.56

-

5.56

5.50

2.19

-

-

2.37

-

0.94

-

Total

56.31

2.06

54.25

51.71

19.97

0.48

-

16.32

-

15.42

-

2.06

Table A-3. Lot-by-Lot Woodland Conservation Summary Table

Woodland Reforestation Area (WRA)

Woodland Retained/ Not Credited (WR-NC)

Woodland Retained/ Assumed Cleared (WR-AC)

0.58

-

0.20

-

-

0.38

-

0.27

0.22

-

0.55

-

0.25

-

-

-

0.43

-

0.10

-

-

-

1.94

-

0.82

0.22

Ex. Woodland (FP)

Woodland Cleared Net-Tract (C-NTA)

Woodland Cleared Floodplain (C-FP)

Woodland Cleared Off-site (C-OS)

Woodland Preservation Area (WPA)

1.25

-

0.47

-

-

1.21

0.98

0.35

0.33

-

1.36

1.25

-

0.45

-

0.75

-

0.22

4.23

0.35

1.47

Lot (List all lots)

Gross Tract Area

100-Year Floodplain (FP)

Net Tract Area (NTA)

Ex. Woodland (NTA)

1

1.25

-

1.25

2

1.56

0.35

3

1.36

-

4

1.19

-

1.19

Total

5.36

0.35

5.01

6.2.4 Step 4: Worksheet and Standard Notes The worksheet to be used must match the proposed development. There are several worksheet types provided in Appendix A. The standard notes contained in Appendix A must be provided as appropriate on all TCP1s.

Additional notes may be required as needed to address situations that are specific to a particular site. A phased worksheet is used when the future development will occur in phases so that the future Type 2 tree conservation plans can be prepared separately. A government project worksheet is used when the option to provide all woodland conservation at a rate of 1:1 will be used. If a government project opts to use the woodland conservation threshold of the underlying zone, then a standard worksheet is used.

6.2.5 Step 5: Quality Control Check Prior to submission of the TCP1 for review, it must be checked by the qualified professional who prepared it to ensure that all appropriate checklist items have been addressed. The worksheet must be checked to ensure the calculations have been done correctly and the sheet tables are correct. Any plans that do not meet the minimum standards for review, such as the use of standard symbols, a standard worksheet, and the required standard notes, shall not be accepted for review.

6.2.6 Step 6: Signature and Date by Qualified Professional When the TCP1 is complete, it must be signed and dated by the qualified professional who prepared the plan. By signing the plans, the qualified professional certifies that the plan meets the minimum standards required by the WCO and the technical manual and that all the calculations have been done correctly.

A-10 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

6.3 COMPLETING A TCP1 WORKSHEET Several standard woodland conservation worksheets are used for the preparation of a TCP1, based on the type of plan being prepared. One of the approved worksheet templates is to be provided on every TCP1. While the basic standard worksheet is the most widely used, there are variations that are tailored to meet unique circumstances such as for phased projects, government projects, and for single lots with prior TCP approval. The worksheet is divided into three main sections. All worksheets include the three main sections, but each type is tailored to meet the circumstances unique to certain types of projects. The worksheets are also available online through the Prince George’s County Planning Department’s web site at www.pgplanning.org.

SECTION I—ESTABLISHING SITE INFORMATION. This section describes the site and divides the subject property’s acreage into appropriate categories. The gross tract area includes all of the acreage of the associated application. The floodplain delineation must be conducted to meet the requirements of Section 27-124.01 of the Zoning Ordinance. Previously dedicated land can only be subtracted when the dedication occurred prior to the first application for a tree conservation plan. The worksheets are designed to make all necessary calculations when the required numbers are inserted into the computer spreadsheet. All required numbers are stated in acreage to the nearest 1/100th of an acre. Because the WCT is based on the zoning of the property, make sure the correct zoning is used. The worksheet must include all zones existing on the property. All of the areas that are shaded on the spreadsheet must be filled in for the computer spreadsheet to make the necessary calculations. The areas that are not shaded are protected cells that must not be altered, or the worksheet will not calculate properly.

Basic Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George’s County SECTION I—Establishing Site Information (Enter acres for each zone) 1

Zone:

R-R

R-T

2

Gross Tract:

8.50

5.50

3

Floodplain:

0.50

0.50

4

Previously Dedicated Land:

0.00

0.00

5

Net Tract (NTA):

8.00

5.00

6

Property Description or Subdivision Name:

Example Basic Standard Worksheet

7

Is this site subject to the 1989 Ordinance?(y/n)

N

8

Is this one (1) single-family lot? (y/n)

N

9

Are there prior TCP approvals which include a combination of this lot/s? (y/n)

N

10

Is this a woodland conservation bank?

N

11

Break-even point (preservation) =

4.48

acres

12

Clearing permitted without reforestation=

7.52

acres

0.00

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-11

SECTION II—DETERMINING REQUIREMENTS. This section calculates the woodland conservation requirements for the site. Section 25-121 provides valuable information regarding how the requirements are calculated. Section 25-122(b) contains the design criteria to be followed in the preservation and replanting of woodland to meet the requirements. Section 25-122(c) provides the priorities for woodland conservation methods that must be followed during plan preparation.

SECTION II—Determining Requirements (Enter acres for each corresponding column) Column A WCT/AFT % 13

Existing Woodland 20.00%

Column B Net Tract

Column C Floodplain (1:1)

12.00

1.0

14

Woodland conservation threshold (WCT) =

15

Smaller of 13 or 14

2.60

16

Woodland above WCT

9.40

17

Woodland cleared

10.50

18

Woodland cleared above WCT (smaller of 16 or 17)

9.40

19

Clearing above WCT (0.25:1) replacement requirement

2.35

20

Woodland cleared below WCT

1.10

21

Clearing below WCT (2:1 replacement requirement)

2.20 15.00%

Column D Off-Site Impacts (1:1)

2.60

22

Afforestation threshold (AFT) =

23

Off-site conservation being provided on this property

0.00

24

Woodland Conservation Required

6.43

0.38

0.00

SECTION III—MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS. This section contains information on how the woodland conservation requirements will be met. As noted above, Section 25-122(c) provides the priorities for woodland conservation methods that must be followed during plan preparation. Prior to selecting methods to be used in meeting the requirements, the highest priority methods must be exhausted.

SECTION III—Meeting the Requirements 25

Woodland preservation

1.10

26

Afforestation/reforestation

4.50

27

Area approved for fee-in-lieu

0.83

28

Credits for off-site conservation on another property

0.00

29

Off-site conservation (preservation) being provided on this property

0.00

30

Off-site conservation (afforestation) being provided on this property

0.00

31

Total woodland conservation provided

6.43

32

Area of woodland not cleared

1.50

acres

33

Woodland retained not part of requirements

0.40

acres

A-12 • Environmental Technical Manual

$10,846.44

Prince George’s County Planning Department

6.4 EPS APPROVAL BLOCK TCP1s and TCP2s require an approval block so that staff can sign the final version of the plan. If an approved plan is being revised, the name of the reviewer who previously signed the plan is typed onto the proper line in the block, and the date is typed next to it in that column.

M-NCPPC

Fill in TCP #.

Prince George’s Planning Department Environmental Planning Section APPROVAL TREE CONSERVATION PLAN TCP1-100-02 Approved by Initial staff signature 01 revision 02 revision 03 revision

J. Doe

Date 9/5/2002

This TCP was originally approved

by M-NCPPC reviewer J. Doe on 9/05/2002. Type in J. Doe’s name and signature date here.

When reapproved by M-NCPPC, the M-NCPPC reviewer will provide an original signature in the appropriate revision box to indicate plan approval.

Example: M-NCPPC staff member Jane Doe previously approved TCP1-100-02 on September 5, 2002. Due to a change in the proposal, the revised TCP1 is being resubmitted for review and approval.

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-13

7.0 Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP2) A Type 2 tree conservation plan (TCP2) provides more detail than the TCP1. The TCP2 shows the final grading proposed on a site and the proposed actual locations for structures (as opposed to conceptual locations shown on the TCP1), utilities, easements, stormwater management, and a final limit of disturbance (LOD). Final decisions are made for techniques that will be incorporated on the site to ensure adequate woodland conservation and tree protection.

TCP2 applications are required to meet all of the requirements of Subtitle 25. Applicants can request a variance from the provisions of Subtitle 25 provided all of the required findings in Section 25-119(d) can be met and the request is not less stringent than the requirements of the applicable provisions of COMAR. An application for a variance shall be accompanied by a Letter of Justification stating the reasons for the request and how the request meets each of the required findings. Required variances associated with a TCP2 shall be approved by the Planning Board, Zoning Hearing Examiner, and the District Council with the associated case as appropriate. The Planning Director may approve variances for tree conservation plans that are not associated with applications heard by the Planning Board, Zoning Hearing Examiner, or the District Council.

Subtitle 25, Section 25-119(c) Plan Review and Conformance, describes the conformance requirements with regard to TCP2 submissions. Refer to additional sections of Subtitle 25 for more information. “(c) Plan Review and Conformance “(1) The approval authority for TCPs is the same as that of the associated application. “(A) If a TCP1 has been approved for a site, all subsequent TCP2 plans must be in conformance with the TCP1. “(i.) If the TCP2 is to be approved by the Planning Board, conformance with the TCP1 shall be determined by the Planning Board. “(ii.) If a TCP2 is to be approved by the Planning Director or designee, it shall be in conformance with this Division and in conformance with the TCP1 as follows: “(a.) Any proposed reduction in the total woodland conservation on the site shall not exceed the greater of 5,000 square feet or 5 percent of the area of on-site woodland conservation originally approved; or “(b.) The proposed change in the location or type of woodland conservation shall not exceed the greater of 10,000 square feet or 10% of the area of woodland conservation originally approved; or “(c.) The proposed change or reduction results from governmental requirements; or “(d.) Specimen trees specifically identified for preservation will not be adversely affected. “(e.) The proposed TCP2 continues to meet all required elements of this Division. “(f.) The TCP2 does not affect lots already sold to builders or homeowners. “(iii.) If a criterion in (ii.) above cannot be met, the TCP2 shall be duly advertised and the approval authority becomes the Planning Board. “(B) If no TCP1 exists and one is not required, each TCP2 shall be in conformance with this Division.

If a permit is subject to this Division, a TCP2 shall be approved by the Planning Director or designee.”

A-14 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

7.1

APPLICABILITY OF A TCP2

A TCP2 is required with all applications that are subject to the WCO. A TCP2 receives final approval authority as follows: TCP2 approval authority is the Planning Board, Zoning Hearing Examiner, or the District Council for: • Special exceptions, detailed site plans, or specific design plans TCP2 approval authority is the Planning Director or designee for: • Grading plans and permits • Road-grading plans • Establishment of a woodland conservation bank (the requirements of the Specialized TCP2s section, Woodland Conservation Banks, must also be met, and both the TCP2 checklist and the woodland conservation bank checklist must be used to prepare the plan.)

• Forest harvesting If a TCP1 has preceded the TCP2, the approved TCP1 is instrumental in completing the TCP2. Prior to the completion of the TCP1, the FSD or NRI establishes areas of sensitive environmental features and high-priority woodlands. The TCP1 provides conceptual approaches for retaining and protecting existing forested areas and sensitive environmental features, and makes commitments regarding how the County Code requirements will be met.

It is noted that the final grading plan may result in certain changes that were not anticipated at the TCP1 stage.

These changes may ultimately change the conservation areas shown on the TCP1. Minor differences from the TCP1 are permitted within the parameters described in the WCO. When a TCP2 is approved at the Planning Director level, major changes that include proposing the use of fee-in-lieu or off-site woodland conservation when these methods were not approved by the Planning Board for the TCP1 cannot be shown on a TCP2. If no alternative exists, the TCP2 shall be referred to the Planning Board to approve the changes requested.

7.2 TCP2 PREPARATION METHODOLOGY The TCP2 must be prepared at the same scale as all associated plans submitted for the subject application but at a scale no greater than 1 inch=50 feet. Larger scales may be appropriate for woodland conservation banks if approved by the Planning Director or designee. An overall cover sheet must be provided for multisheet plans.

The cover sheet can be at a scale greater that 1 inch=50 feet but no greater than 1 inch=200 feet.The cover sheet shall provide a key to the areas covered by each page, and this key shall be provided on each sheet. The plan shall show the final details of how the woodland conservation requirements are being met and must be prepared using the standard symbols provided in Appendix—Introduction. The TCP2 must include all of the items per the TCP2 checklist provided in Appendix A.

7.2.1 Submittal Requirements The TCP2 must accomplish two basic objectives to be considered for approval. First, the TCP2 must provide a clear graphic representation of all of the proposed disturbances and construction to occur on the site, including all temporary disturbances, such as those for sediment and erosion controls, with the limit of disturbance (LOD) clearly shown. The plan must also clearly identify the locations of preservation areas, tree planting areas, specimen, champion, and historic trees, including proposed protection measures. The completed Woodland Conservation Worksheet must be shown on the plan to provide the information needed to satisfy the woodland conservation requirements for the site. Refer to Appendix A for Woodland Conservation Worksheet types for TCP submissions. An approved NRI is required to be submitted. (Refer to Part A, Section 4.0, Forest Stand Delineation and Part B, Guidelines for the Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory for more information.)

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-15

7.2.2 Plan Preparation Process 7.2.2A STEP 1: ESTABLISHING THE LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE

Setting the LOD on the site is critical to the preparation of the TCP2. The LOD must reflect what will actually occur in the field during construction. Any change to the LOD that results in 5,000 square feet or more of additional clearing on an approved TCP2 requires the resubmission of a revised plan for review and approval.

The LOD shown on the TCP2 must always match that of the erosion and sediment control plan. All proposed disturbances, whether temporary or permanent, must be within the LOD. There are many aspects of the plan that may change as it moves through the review and development processes.

The best way to reduce the amount of unanticipated revisions is to work with the most accurate information possible early in the process. If a TCP1 was approved for the site, the conceptual LOD shall be used as a guideline for the establishment of the LOD on the TCP2. At the time of TCP2 preparation, the topography and existing site features must be surveyed. Aerial photography or field run, ground-based mapping are required. After aerial photographs are obtained, field survey work may be required to establish and measure the map’s basic control points and to identify objects that need visual verification.

7.2.2B

STEP 2: PLANNING FOR THE PRESERVATION OF EXISTING WOODLANDS

When woodlands are cleared on a site, a new woodland edge is created. The final limit of disturbance balances the needs for the development with the demands for survivability of the trees along the new edge. Sometimes trees along the new edge of woodland become stressed and die due to the root damage or loss and the sudden exposure to harsh conditions of sun and wind. The intent of a preservation area is to preserve the trees in good condition and not create problems or future expenses for the future property owners. Refer to the Standard TCP2 notes provided in Appendix A for the appropriate edge management notes that need to be included on the plan in this situation.

The final limits of disturbance must include: 1. The proposed final clearing and grading for all roads, structures, utilities, easements, stormwater management, and erosion and sediment controls.

2. The appropriate dimensions of cleared building footprints. At a minimum, the LOD must provide for 40 feet of cleared area to the front and rear of all building footprints and 20 feet of cleared area to the sides of all building footprints, within the subject lot or parcel.

3. Methods that address all of the design criteria listed in Section 25-122.

4. Preservation of a sufficient amount of the critical root zones of specimen trees to ensure their survival if they are shown to be preserved.

7.2.2C STEP 3: DETERMINING THE WOODLAND CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS

Once the LOD has been established, the area of cleared woodlands can be calculated. Using the correct Woodland Conservation Worksheet for the site, the woodland conservation requirements are determined (refer to Explanation of the Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet, provided in Appendix A.) 7.2.2D STEP 4: HOW WOODLAND CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS ARE MET

The required priorities for woodland conservation methods are found in Section 25-122 (c), Conservation Method Priorities, of the WCO. Every effort must be made to meet the woodland conservation requirements on-site and then the following methods must be exhausted in turn: 1. On-site preservation of connected woodland and wildlife habitat areas 2. On-site afforestation/reforestation of connected planting areas using transplanted native stock 3. On-site afforestation/reforestation of connected planting areas using native whip and seedling stock 4. On-site specimen trees 5. On-site natural regeneration 6. Off-site afforestation/reforestation using relocated stock in an approved woodland conservation bank A-16 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

7. Off-site afforestation/reforestation using native whip and seedling stock in an approved woodland conservation bank 8. Off-site preservation 9. On- or off-site habitat enhancement 10. Off-site natural regeneration 11. On-site landscaping 12. Street trees 13. Fee-in-lieu Woodland conservation areas must be delineated on the plan using the standard symbols. These areas must be established according to Section 25.122 (b), Design Criteria, of the WCO. The symbols must be included in the legend. Woodlands preserved or planted to meet the WCO requirements may also be counted toward meeting the tree canopy requirement (refer to Part D of this manual).

7.2.2E

STEP 5: FINAL TCP2 WORKSHEET

At this point the final TCP2 worksheet can be prepared. It must show all of the calculations and information that determined the woodland conservation requirements and how they are being met (refer to the Guidelines for the Completion of the Prince George’s County Woodland Conservation Worksheet, provided in Appendix A).

7.2.2F

STEP 6: COMPLETING THE PLAN

The plan should now provide a clear graphic representation of the work to occur on the site within a clearly delineated limit of disturbance. The plan should also clearly identify the locations of all preservation areas, tree planting areas, and specimen trees. All conservation areas must show protective fencing and signage, and all associated details are required to be shown on the plans. The completed woodland conservation worksheet must be shown on the plan providing the information needed to satisfy the woodland conservation requirements for the site. A legend must be provided containing all of the symbols used on the plan. Symbols that are not used on the plan should not be included in the legend. The final plan must also include all of the appropriate standard TCP2 notes (see Appendix A). Refer to Section 6.0 for an example of an EPS approval block, another required element on a completed TCP2.

7.3 SPECIALIZED TCP2s 7.3.1 Woodland Conservation Banks When the woodland conservation requirements for a site cannot be met on-site, due to site constraints or other considerations, an alternative is fulfilling the requirement off-site by securing woodland conservation credits from a woodland conservation bank. A woodland conservation bank is defined in the WCO as:

“A lot or parcel, or portions of a lot or parcel, that has been intentionally preserved or afforested as perpetual woodlands and has been protected by the documents recorded in the land records for the purpose of meeting the requirements of this Division for land development activities occurring on another property in the County.”

Woodland conservation banks are sometimes referred to as “mitigation banks.” This term is not used in the WCO to avoid confusion with the term “mitigation,” which is used to describe remediation or compensation for a woodland conservation violation. The regulations regarding woodland conservation banking are provided in Division 2 of Subtitle 25.

7.3.1A PREAPPROVAL OF WOODLAND CONSERVATION BANKS

Prior to submitting an application for a woodland conservation bank, the woodland conservation program coordinator in the Environmental Planning Section should be consulted for an initial evaluation to determine the suitability of the site for the intended purpose. Factors that may affect the approval of a woodland conservation banking site include its location relative to the designated green infrastructure network of the approved Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-17

Countywide Green Infrastructure Plan, the size of banking area proposed, the location of regulated environmental features, previous uses of the site, quality of woodlands on the site, the subwatershed location, continuity with other contiguous blocks of woodlands, and prior encumbrances on the property. Land currently protected by easements that specifically protect woodlands for another purpose, including but not limited to utility easements, approved TCPs for other development, deed restrictions, and declarations of covenants for woodland conservation banking that would impair the land from being used as a woodland conservation bank, cannot be used for banking purposes. Potential applicants are advised not to proceed with a tree conservation plan for a conservation bank until after preliminary approval is given for the proposed property or properties.

7.3.1B

REQUIRED PLANS

An approved NRI is required for all proposed woodland conservation banks. The NRI must be prepared in accordance with all applicable requirements of the technical manual (refer to Part B, Guidelines for the Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory). The type of FSD required for the NRI is based on the method of woodland conservation proposed, as follows: 1. A simplified FSD may be submitted if all proposed woodland conservation is to be done as afforestation.

2. An intermediate FSD may be submitted if less than 50 percent of the existing woodlands on the property are to be used as off-site conservation in preservation, there are no previously approved tree conservation plans for the property, and no other development activities are proposed for the property.

3. A detailed FSD is required if 1 or 2 above do not apply.

In addition to the information required for the type of FSD selected, the FSD for an off-site woodland conservation bank must provide the following information about the property: 1. Show all existing easements on the property, including utility easements, conservation easements, agricultural easements, floodplain easements, trail easements, grading easements, and woodland conservation easements if applicable.

2. Show the location of all elements related to septic fields (recovery field, lines, and the tank).

3. Show the location, and label all existing woodland conservation areas or off-site banking areas. Any recorded easements must include a legal description and land record reference.

4. Show the location of 100-year floodplains based on a study approved by the County.

A TCP2 is required for any property proposed as an off-site woodland conservation bank. A site with an existing TCP2 for on-site development may be revised to include off-site conservation banking if significant surplus woodland conservation areas exist on the site in priority preservation areas. The plan must include all of the information required for a TCP2, as well as unique items outlined on the TCP2 checklist for off-site conservation banking information (refer to the TCP2 checklist for conservation banks, provided in Appendix A).

Additional items must include the following: 1. Show all existing easements on the property, including utility easements, conservation easements, agricultural easements, floodplain easements, trail easements, grading easements, septic drain fields, and woodland conservation areas if applicable.

2. Show the rights-of-way for any master-planned roadway.

3. Show the location, and label all existing woodland conservation areas and off-site conservation, and include a legal description.

4. Show the location of the proposed easement with metes and bounds.

5. Include a woodland conservation worksheet for the property. This worksheet need only address the existing conditions and the conservation areas unless another development activity is being proposed for the property. If another development activity is proposed for the property then the worksheet must address not only the off-site conservation proposed but also how the property will satisfy its own requirements.

6. Include an off-site woodland conservation bank summary table as shown in Appendix A, which is used to track the transfer of woodland conservation credits from the site to the benefiting properties.

A-18 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

7. Include the appropriate general notes, management notes, protection devices, signs, bonding information, tree planting schedules, tree planting plans, and any other information needed to implement and protect the off-site conservation areas proposed.

8. Include the provision of a proposed building site and all associated features.

The NRI and TCP2 must be prepared by a qualified professional and be submitted for approval to M-NCPPC along with the appropriate application and fee. The NRI and TCP2 must include the legal boundaries of the property or properties involved.

7.3.1C REQUIRED DOCUMENTS

In order to transfer credits in a woodland conservation bank, the land area associated with woodland conservation credits must be encumbered by a declaration of covenants or similar long-term protection mechanism in the County land records. The most current templates for these documents that have been preapproved by the Office of Law are available on the web through the Prince George’s County Planning Department’s web site at www.pgplanning.org.

The establishment of an off-site woodland conservation bank requires the following documents and supporting information as determined by the Prince George’s County Office of Law and is subject to change or alteration based on their legal evaluation: 1. A declaration of covenants, with original signatures 2. A copy of the deed or deeds to the property 3. An up-to-date title search not more than 60 days old 4. A metes and bounds description of the covenant area signed and sealed by a licensed surveyor 5. Statement of subordination for the mortgage, if one exists 6. A TCP2 approved specifically for the woodland conservation bank 7. Legal standing of any corporation with the records of the state, if applicable 8. A copy of a sample woodland conservation transfer certificate 9. Any other documents deemed necessary for establishing ownership of the woodland conservation rights on the property The required documents are submitted to the Environmental Planning Section for preliminary review for correct acreages, tree conservation plan numbers, appropriate use of corporation titles, currency of documents, and other elements of correctness and completeness. The Environmental Planning Section may determine that the documents are correct and complete, or may request corrections, clarifications, or additional information. When deemed complete, the documents are then forwarded to the Office of Law for review. The Office of Law may request corrections or additional information, coordinated through the Environmental Planning Section, or the documents may be found ready for recordation.

7.3.1D RECORDATION OF WOODLAND CONSERVATION BANK DOCUMENTS

To establish a woodland conservation bank, the package of documents to be recorded in the land records includes: 1. An original signed declaration of covenants 2. The legal description of the easement 3. A sample woodland conservation transfer certificate No transfer tax is required when the declaration is recorded. After a woodland conservation bank is recorded in the land records, a copy of the recorded documents must be provided to the Environmental Planning Section before any credit transfers can occur.

The Environmental Planning Section maintains a database of all woodland conservation banks with available acreage, which is provided upon request to interested parties. The woodland conservation credit market is a private market, and neither M-NCPPC nor the County takes any responsibility for the cost of easements or availability of off-site woodlands. The government’s role is one of tracking the private market as a public service.

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-19

A-20 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

7.3.1E OFF-SITE WOODLAND CONSERVATION CREDITS

Off-site woodland conservation credits can be provided either by the preservation of existing trees or through the creation of new woodlands through afforestation. When off-site woodland conservation is provided by preservation, two acres of preserved woodlands are required for each acre of off-site woodland conservation credit required. When off-site woodland conservation is provided by afforestation, one acre of afforestation is required for one acre of off-site woodland conservation credit.

Off-site woodland conservation provided in preservation can be used for transfer credits immediately after the long-term protection measures are recorded in the land records and evidence of recordation has been provided.

Off-site woodland conservation provided in afforestation is not available for transfer credit until the required planting has occurred, certification of planting prepared by a qualified professional has been submitted to the Environmental Planning Section in accordance with forms contained in this manual, and a bond has been submitted for the establishment of planting with a minimum term of four years. A woodland conservation bank that uses afforestation can be used without bonding if the planted areas have been established for a minimum of four years and the survival counts described below are provided.

Survival counts prepared by a qualified professional in accordance with the methodology provided in this manual must be submitted on an annual basis until the planting has been found to be successfully established. Two years after the conservation methods have been completed, a reduction in the bond amount of up to 50 percent may be approved by the County. The request for bond reduction shall be submitted in writing to the Planning Director and shall include documentation of the completion of the conservation methods and a survival count of materials. The Planning Director or designee shall recommend to the County whether a bond reduction is appropriate, taking into account the following: the number of acres, the proposed method of woodland conservation, the cost of planting materials or replacement materials, the cost of maintenance of the project, demonstrated survival count of materials, and other relevant factors.

After a final inspection of the site by the County inspector confirms that the areas meet or exceed the requirements of the approved woodland conservation bank TCP (no sooner than four years after establishment), the bond or other security shall be returned or released. The bond or other security may be subject to forfeiture if the approved TCP is not implemented fully within the time frames specified on the plan. The County shall notify the permitee of the intention of the County to initiate forfeiture proceedings following their established procedures for bond forfeiture.

If a woodland conservation bank is established using afforestation or reforestation, the property owner is responsible for maintaining the designated areas as perpetual woodlands. Failure to do so is a violation of the WCO, and the property owner or permitee may be subject to fines and penalties.

The approved TCP2 does not require revision unless an alternative use or development is proposed for the subject property. The off-site woodland conservation summary table records the transfer of credits and is updated each time credits are transferred even when the TCP2 is not required to be revised.

7.3.1F TRANSFERS OF WOODLAND CONSERVATION CREDITS TO BENEFITING PROPERTIES

Woodland conservation credits are transferred from a woodland conservation bank by the use of a woodland conservation transfer certificate. The certificate is prepared by the owner of the property or the owner of the woodland conservation rights for the site and states the TCP2 numbers for the transferring and the benefiting properties, with reference to the recorded covenants. It is recommended that these certificates be reviewed for correctness and completeness by the Environmental Planning Section prior to recordation. At time of recordation of the transfer certificate, required transfer tax must be paid. Transfer tax rates are a percentage of the consideration payable and may vary from year to year. State and County transfer taxes apply. The state transfer tax is imposed under Title 13 of the Tax - Property Article, Annotated Code of Maryland. Higher rates may apply to agricultural land under Title 13, Subtitles 3 and 5 of the Tax - Property Article.

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-21

7.3.1G RELEASE OF GRADING PERMITS

If off-site woodland conservation is proposed to fulfill the woodland conservation requirement, evidence that this requirement has been satisfied must be provided prior to the release of the associated grading permit. After recordation of a transfer certificate, a copy of the recorded certificate and a copy of a sales agreement between the transferring and benefiting properties must be submitted to the Environmental Planning Section. A copy of the recorded certificate is placed in the files of the transferring property and the benefiting property, the woodland conservation summary table for the transferring TCP2 is updated to include the pertinent information for the transfer certificate, and the information contained in the transfer certificate is placed into the off-site woodland conservation database.

7.3.1H RELEASE OF A DECLARATION OF COVENANTS FOR A WOODLAND CONSERVATION BANK

If a declaration of covenants has been recorded on a property for a woodland conservation bank and no transfer certificates have been recorded within the woodland conservation bank, a release of the declaration of covenants may be requested by the owner or agent through the Environmental Planning Section using standard template documents. The request for release is forwarded to the Office of Law for review and, if found legally sufficient, is returned to the applicant for recordation. A copy of the recorded release should then be provided the Environmental Planning Section. A copy of the release is placed in the TCP2 file of the woodland conservation bank. The woodland conservation bank is then removed from the listing of sites available from woodland conservation transfer credits.

7.3.1I

RELEASE OF RECORDED OFF-SITE WOODLAND CONSERVATION DOCUMENTS

In some circumstances, recorded transfer certificates or individual easements may become unnecessary due to changes in the proposed development or to allow for development of an established woodland conservation bank for another use. In these cases, the woodland conservation coordinator in the Environmental Planning Section should be consulted to determine if the release of the legal encumbrances is appropriate based on previous approvals and to determine the necessary steps.

The first step in the release of an easement is a determination that the off-site woodland conservation is no longer needed for a specific project or that moving the woodland conservation requirement to an alternative location is appropriate. Because the intention of woodland conservation banking is to provide perpetual woodlands, the relocation of woodland conservation requirements is reviewed closely for conformance to previous approvals.

When woodland banks are moved from one site to another, the two-to-one mitigation ratio for preserved areas is applied to the acreage being moved.

7.3.2 Forest Management/Timber Harvesting Plans Forest management and timber harvesting address the removal of trees from woodlands to be used as a resource either for personal use or for sale. Subtitle 25, Section 25-124 describes what types of activities require a permit or a forest management plan. TCP2s for timber harvesting must show all relevant information—such as access to the site from an approved entrance and clearing required for staging areas—and the total limits of the area to be harvested. The plan must also describe the harvesting procedures, goals, and target species.

7.3.3 Linear and Government Projects TCP2s for linear projects are not required to include the entirety of the affected lots or parcels and can be prepared showing the limit of disturbance and a minimum of 100 feet outside the limit of disturbance. One acre replacement for each acre disturbed is required. Notes and details shall be provided as needed to address the proposed project.

7.3.4 Single Lot Revisions On occasion, the homeowner of a single lot within a larger subdivision requests a revision to the TCP2. In lieu of revising the entire TCP2, or even the entire sheet, a single lot revision may be submitted. The lot must be shown at the same scale as the TCP2, and all details and symbols shall be as similar as possible to the original plan. The plan shall provide the details regarding how the requirements will be met and shall provide all necessary calculations using the appropriate worksheet provided in Appendix A. Single lot revisions lose their grandfathered status with A-22 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

regard to design criteria; however, revisions will be considered on a case-by-case basis to ensure conformance to the fullest extent possible.

7.3.5 Remediation of Violations When a violation is issued by the County, a TCP2 is required to be reviewed and approved in order to resolve the violation. If the site has an existing TCP2, then the existing plan is revised. If the site does not have an approved TCP2, then a new plan must be submitted and approved. Prince George’s County Planning Department staff will work with the applicant to determine the requirements for remediation.

7.4 REVISIONS TO TCP2s If a valid (unexpired) TCP2 exists for a site, it can be amended as long as conformance to the TCP1, if one exists, can still be found. Refer to Subtitle 25, Section 25-119(c) for the parameters related to conformance.

7.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF TCP2s 7.5.1 Preconstruction 7.5.1A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A preconstruction meeting must be held subsequent to the installation of tree protection devices and prior to any site disturbance. Required parties include the developer, contractor or project manager, the on-site contractor in charge of clearing and grading work, the tree professional contracted by the developer (if applicable), and the County inspector(s). During the meeting, the LOD and limits of clearing must be field verified, protection devices inspected for proper installation, and stress reduction measures discussed. The responsibilities for compliance and the penalties for noncompliance must be discussed.

7.5.1B

STRESS REDUCTION

While stress reduction measures should be outlined on the approved TCP2 plan for specimen trees to remain within close proximity to the LOD, additional stress reduction measures may be necessary for specimen trees or for other trees along the LOD based on field conditions. Such measures include, but are not limited to, root pruning, crown pruning, watering, fertilizing, and mulching. Any stress reduction measures, either outlined on the approved TCP2 or deemed necessary in the field, should be discussed during the required preconstruction meeting and may need to be outlined by the tree professional contracted by the developer.

7.5.1C INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION DEVICES

Protection measures are necessary to protect woodland preservation areas during the construction process.

All tree protection devices and signs must be installed around preservation areas and specimen trees that are to remain and are within close proximity to the LOD, per the approved TCP2 plan. Tree protection devices for afforestation or reforestation areas may be installed after tree planting, if the areas are shown to be graded.

7.5.2 Construction Inspectors will perform periodic site visits during the construction phase, usually subsequent to clearing and after heavy rain events. Inspectors will give written notice to the on-site contractor regarding any problems, who will then be expected to correct the problems in a timely manner. Recommendations from the tree professional, contracted by the developer, may be deemed necessary to address concerns regarding dead, dying, or hazardous trees; issues regarding maintenance or repair of protective measures; storage of materials within preservation areas; excessive flooding or siltation in the preservation area; or issues of over-clearing.

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-23

7.5.3 Construction Completion 7.5.3A CORRECTIVE MEASURES

Upon completion of construction, an inspection by the County must be requested. The inspector may require an assessment by the tree professional, contracted by the developer, to evaluate the remaining trees and to prescribe corrective measures that may be necessary due to damage or impacts from construction. Such measures may include the removal of dead, dying, or hazardous trees; pruning; fertilizing; watering; wound repair; or clean-up of preservation areas (removal of trash, etc.).

7.5.3B

INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

Upon completion of construction and all prescribed corrective measures, a final inspection by the County must be requested. The inspector will verify compliance with the approved TCP2 and any corrective measures prescribed during or after construction. If any preservation areas are found to be in violation of the approved TCP2 due to negligence, a violation fee may be issued and corrective actions required. If corrective actions are required, then a certification prepared by the tree professional, contracted by the developer, will be required stating that the corrective measures have been undertaken and that the remaining trees are likely to survive.

7.5.3C REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY STRUCTURES

After completion of construction and approval by the County inspector, all temporary tree protection devices must be removed. During the removal of the devices, no additional clearing or disturbance may take place within the preservation areas except by hand and as approved by the County inspector. No burial of discarded materials or clearing for the purpose of planting grass shall be permitted. The preservation signage shall remain in place.

7.5.4 Postconstruction 7.5.4A INSTALLATION OF REFORESTATION

Reforestation areas must be implemented per the approved TCP2, including the installation of all permanent protection devices, such as fencing and signage. The County inspector must be notified prior to soil preparation or initiation of any tree planting. Seedling planting is to occur from November through May only. Container stock may be planted at any time of the year when soil moisture is adequately available. No planting is to be done while the ground is frozen. Planting with larger caliper stock or containerized stock may be done at any time per a detailed maintenance schedule approved as part of the TCP2.

7.5.4B

MAINTENANCE OF REFORESTATION

A four-year maintenance plan, per the approved TCP2, must be implemented by the developer. Maintenance may include measures such as watering, mowing, or hand removal of competitive vegetation or invasive species controls.

Annual survival checks must be prepared by a tree professional, contracted by the developer, and submitted to Planning Department.

7.5.4C BOND RELEASE

At the end of the four-year maintenance plan, a survival rate of 75 percent must be achieved for bond release.

Failure to establish the reforestation within the prescribed time frame will result in the forfeiture of the reforestation bond and/or a violation of the approved TCP2, including the associated penalty fee, unless the County inspector approves a written extension. A bond reduction may be requested two years after the conservation methods have been completed. Refer to Section 25-122( f)(2) of the County Code for more information.

A-24 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

8.0 Reporting Requirements—Maryland Department of Natural Resources In 2008, the Maryland Department of Natural Resources changed their reporting requirements for local jurisdictions. As part of their annual report to the state, local jurisdictions are now required to provide information with regard to the preservation and reforestation of stream buffers. Instructions for any additional calculations needed from the applicant for these areas will be included in future versions of the Technical Manual.

Part A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual • A-25

A-26 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Part B

Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory

1.0 INTRODUCTION A Natural Resource Inventory (NRI), as defined in Subtitles 24 and 27 is:

“A plan map and supporting documentation or letter that provides all required information regarding the existing physical and environmental conditions on a site that is approved by the Planning Director or designee as described in the Environmental Technical Manual as approved and amended from time to time.”

An NRI is a detailed inventory of the lots or parcels, or combination of lots and parcels, that will be the subject of a development application. It is used in the land-use and site development planning process, which must consider impacts on a site’s natural and cultural resources. It is important to know if, and where, these resources exist. It provides detailed information on the land, ecological resources, and hydrologic resources, as well as any existing structural features of a site. The primary purpose of an NRI is to provide a base plan to be used in the design of the site for land development proposals.

There are five types of NRIs; however, an NRI is not a substitute, exemption, or waiver from the requirements of Subtitle 25, Division 2, Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance (WCO).

1.1

NRI APPLICABILITY

The following provides clarification of the types of applications that do and do not require an NRI.

1.1.1

Applications That DO Require Submittal of an NRI

An approved NRI is required to be included in the following applications: • Preliminary Plan of Subdivision (Full NRI Only) • Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Conservation Plan • Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan applications to establish a Woodland Conservation Bank • Stormwater Management, if the project does not meet the criteria listed in section 1.1.2 • Sediment and Erosion Control, if the project does not meet the criteria listed in section 1.1.2 • Zoning, if the project does not meet the criteria listed in section 1.1.2

1.1.2

Applications That DO NOT Require Submittal of an NRI

The following applications listed in the table below do not require an NRI to be included in the application package if the project meets the criteria indicated in the table below. For these applications, the proposed limit of disturbance must be shown on the development application form and/or all applicable plans.

It is important to note that some of these projects, which do not require an NRI with one application, may require an NRI with another part of the development process.

For example, a project area that has a site plan application that is grandfathered may still require a new stormwater concept approval that will, in turn, require NRI approval. Therefore, it is important to determine all of the applications required for the proposed development before proceeding.

If an NRI is not required, no NRI application is required and written verification will not be provided by Planning Department staff. During the review of a concept or development application, if the Prince George’s Planning Department; Department of Permitting, Inspections and Enforcement (DPIE); or Soil Conservation District(PGSCD) determine that the scope of the project requires information relative to an NRI to complete the review, those agencies reserve the right to direct the applicant to obtain an approved NRI.

B-2 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table B-1. Applications that DO NOT Require an NRI Application APPLICATION TYPE

CRITERIA

GRADING PERMIT APPLICATIONS

An NRI is not required to be included in grading or building permit applications.

STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND SEDIMENT & EROSION APPLICATIONS (for certain projects)

An NRI is not required to be included in stormwater management applications and sediment & erosion control applications IF: (a) the development activity is exempt from the requirements of the Stormwater Management Ordinance per Section 32-174 (a) of the County Code; and (b) the limits of disturbance (LOD) as shown on the proposed site plan will not disturb regulated sensitive and/or environmental features (streams, stream buffers, Tier II buffers, wetlands, wetland buffers, Marlboro clays, Christiana clays, 100-year floodplain and/or adjacent steep slopes).

ZONING (DEVELOPMENT REVIEW APPLICATIONS FOR SITE PLANS: •• Conceptual Site Plan (CSP) •• Comprehensive Design Plan (CDP) •• Detailed Site Plan (DSP) •• Specific Design Plan (SDP)

An NRI is not required to be included in zoning applications for site plans IF (a) the project is grandfathered per CB-028-2010; or (b) the project will not require a grading permit per Section 32-127(a)(6)(A) of the County Code because the proposed limits of disturbance (LOD) is less than 5,000 square feet and will not disturb regulated and/or sensitive environmental features as demonstrated by the LOD on the site plan:

•• Special Exception (SE) MANDATORY REFERRAL APPLICATIONS

An NRI is not required to be included in a Mandatory Referral application. During review of the application, staff will notify the applicant if an NRI will be required with future phases of the development process.

STAND-ALONE TYPE 2 TREE CONSERVATION PLAN

An NRI is not required to be included in a stand-alone Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan application that is not for the establishment of a woodland conservation bank.

Staff reserves the right to require a forest stand delineation for these applications if warranted.

WOODLAND CONSERVATION LETTER OF EXEMPTION APPLICATION

An NRI is not required to be included in a woodland conservation letter of exemption application. However, because the exemption is one of several criteria for approval of an NRI equivalency letter, they are often submitted together if the project qualifies for the exemption.

Zoning (Basic Plan)

Not required, but FSD is required. A NRI is not required to be included in a Zoning Application for a Basic Plan, but a Forest Stand Delineation is required.

Zoning (Zoning Map Plan)

Not required. A NRI is not required to be included in Zoning Application for a Zoning Map Amendment, but a Forest Stand Delineation is required.

1.2

SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANDFATHERED PROJECTS

An NRI approved prior to September 1, 2010, does not grandfather a development project from the current submittal requirements of Subtitles 24, 27, and 32.

Section 3 of CB-26-2010 provides that a development project for which all required development applications have been approved by the Planning Board, Zoning Hearing Examiner, or District Council, and appeal periods have not expired as of September 1, 2010, is grandfathered; or a development project that has an approved preliminary plan of subdivision, but has not completed subsequent processes such as final plat or site plan as of September 1, 2010, is grandfathered for that portion of the project covered by the preliminary plan.

This only applies to zoning (development review) applications, not stormwater concept or erosion and sediment control applications.

In summary: a. Any new preliminary plan application submitted or approved after September 1, 2010 is not grandfathered and must include an approved NRI in the submission package. b. Any new site plan application (CSP, CDP, DSP, SDP and SE) submitted and/or approved after September 1, 2010 is not grandfathered and must include an approved NRI in the submission package unless it meets the criteria of section 1.1.1 for site plans. c. Any new site plan application with an approved preliminary plan for the proposed development, which was Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-3

approved prior to September 1, 2010, is grandfathered and does not have to include an approved NRI unless there is a change in the existing environmental features. d. Any revisions to a previously approved and grandfathered site plan is grandfathered from the NRI submission requirements provided that the proposed revisions are in substantial conformance with the findings associated with the previously approved and grandfathered preliminary or site plans.

1.3

TYPES OF NRIs

There are five types of NRIs. The type of NRI that can be submitted depends on the location and type of the proposed project. These various types of NRIs were developed to streamline the review time and the amount of information required, which may also reduce the preparation time. Each type is listed below: • NRI Equivalency Letter (NRI-EL) Types 1 and 2 • Full NRI (NRI-FP) • Intermediate NRI (NRI-IP) • Limited NRI for Governmental and/or Linear Projects (NRI-LP) • Chesapeake Bay Critical Area NRI (NRI-CP) The type of NRI plan submitted must be specified on the application. The information required to evaluate each NRI varies. The requirements for preparation of the Full, Limited, Intermediate, and CBCAn NRIs are combined into one checklist provided in Appendix B. There is no preparation checklist for the NRI-EL; however, the required items are provided in Section 2.

An NRI application will not be accepted for review until a complete package has been submitted. The criteria for acceptance of each type are provided in the following section.

1.3.1

NRI Equivalency Letter (NRI-EL)

The NRI-EL is a written confirmation of the existing conditions of a site. It is not an exemption or waiver from NRI approval. An NRI-EL is the simplest form of an NRI because it requires the least amount of information to prepare and submit; and is intended to have a reduced review period.

NRI-ELs are solely issued based on the proposed project. If the project changes, a revised or new NRI-EL may be required. Resources such as PGAtlas, and previously approved development plans or site visits, are used to review NRI-EL applications.

At a minimum, a proposed site plan, signed by a qualified professional, at a legible scale showing the proposed limits of disturbance (LOD) must be included. Additional information may be requested as needed; however, for NRI-EL issuance, no mapped floodplain can be on the land area within the application. For areas not mapped with floodplain, DPIE will verify the presence of floodplain at the time of stormwater management site development concept plan review. If floodplain is determined to be present, a Full NRI and/or floodplain study may be required. For non-government projects, the land area to be included in the NRI-EL request must encompass the entirety of the legal limits of lots and/or parcels that will be part of the land development, erosion and sediment, or stormwater site development concept plan applications.

Projects subject to violations of the grading, woodland conservation, or CBCA regulations do not qualify for an NRI-EL unless previously agreed to by staff prior to filing. Under these circumstances, a preliminary review with EPS staff is encouraged before filing for an NRI-EL. There are two types of projects that can use an NRI-EL to meet the submittal requirements. Projects that do not meet the criteria for Types 1 or 2 may still be issued a NRI-EL at the discretion of the Planning Director or designee if available or submitted information is deemed sufficient for review with all required applications.

B-4 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table B-2. NRI Equivalency Letter Project Criteria NRI-EL Project Type Type 1

Criteria a. Qualify for a Standard Letter of Exemption from the Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance (WCO); and b. Demonstrate clearly that either (1) the site contains no regulated environmental features as defined in Sections 24-101(b) and 27-101.01(a) or (2) no regulated environmental features will be disturbed; or c. Be located within the CBCA, will result in less than 500 square feet of ground disturbance and no CBCA variance is required.

Type 2

a. Has a previously approved and implemented Type 2 tree conservation plan or CBCA Conservation Plan, with any required updated information as deemed necessary by the Environmental Planning Staff; and b. Does not result in significant changes to the previously approved limits of disturbance; and c. Does not create additional impacts to any regulated environmental features as defined in Section 24-101(b) and Section 27-101(a).

1.3.2 Full NRI (NRI-FP) A Full NRI (NRI-FP) consists of a detailed NRI plan, as well as other required documents, that show all the required on-site information within the legal boundaries of all lots or parcels that will be part of an application. This information must extend 100 feet off site of the area of the application. The information within the area off site can be estimated unless off-site impacts are proposed. This NRI type includes a forest stand delineation report, soils report, approved floodplain and wetland study, and other information (if applicable). All Preliminary Plan of Subdivision Applications must include a Full NRI. All other applications that do not qualify for an NRI Letter, Intermediate NRI, Limited NRI, or CBCAn NRI must submit a Full NRI that provides information for the land area within the entirety of the legal boundaries of the future application.

1.3.3 Intermediate NRI (NRI-IP) An Intermediate NRI may be prepared and submitted for projects that are proposed to be located on a small portion of the overall property. This option is limited to projects that propose disturbance of more than 5,000 square feet but will have a limit of disturbance (LOD) that is less than 10 percent of the gross tract area. The option of an NRI-IP may be used for certain stormwater management concept plans and stand-alone TCP2 applications for woodland conservation banks that are not associated with a project that requires the approval of a zoning or subdivision application.

For this type of NRI, the proposed LOD must be shown on the plan. The information required for an Intermediate NRI is the same as that required for a Full NRI; however, the required detailed information must be shown within the proposed LOD and extended to 100 feet outside the LOD. The detailed on-site information is not required for the area beyond the 100-foot limit except for the existing tree line and calculations that are necessary for the preparation of a tree conservation plan.

1.3.4 Limited NRI (NRI-LP) A Limited NRI is specific to government or linear projects. The types of projects that may use this option include: • Stream restorations • Utility installations • Right-of-way improvements that include portions of multiple lots or parcels • Government projects Using this option eliminates the need to provide information on all resources within the legal boundaries of the subject lot(s) or parcel(s) involved in the project. For this type of NRI, the proposed LOD must be shown on the plan. The information required for a Limited NRI is the same as that required for a Full NRI; however, the required information must be shown within the proposed LOD and extended to 100 feet outside the LOD. The detailed on-site information is not required for the area beyond the 100-foot limit except for the existing tree line and calculations that are necessary for the preparation of a tree conservation plan.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-5

1.3.5 CBCA NRI Plan (NRI-CP) The Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA) is comprised of “All lands and waters defined in §8-1807 of the Natural Resources Article, Annotated Code of Maryland. This includes: (a) all waters of and lands under the Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries to the head of tide, and State and private wetlands designated under Title 16 of the Environment Article; (b) all land and water within one thousand (1,000) feet beyond the resources identified in (a); and (c) Modification to these areas through inclusions or exclusions proposed by local jurisdictions and approved by the Commission as specified in §8-1807 of the Natural Resources Article, Annotated Code of Maryland.”

Any property, or portion of a property, within the designated CBCA is subject to Subtitle 5B of the Prince George’s County code and may be required to submit a development plan for proposed development. The environmental features within the CBCA, such as primary buffers, secondary buffers and developed woodlands, are unique to CBCA lands and have different regulations from the environmental features in areas outside of the CBCA. For any development proposals within the CBCA that require a CBCA conservation plan, a CBCAn NRI is required.

The information required for an NRI-CP is the same as that required for an NRI-FP except for stream buffers and primary management areas (PMA) as described in Section 3, in addition to special environmental features unique to the CBCA, as described in Section 4.

For properties partially located within the CBCA, the information for the area inside the CBCA must be shown in conformance with the NRI-CP requirements, and the information for the area outside of the CBCA area must be shown in conformance with an NRI-FP. The information can be shown on one plan

1.4 DATA SOURCES FOR PLAN AND LETTER PREPARATION The listing of data sources which are available and recommended for NRI plan and letter preparations in conformance with the Technical Manual can be found in Appendix—Introduction. Other sources may be used, must be noted on the plan, and are subject to approval by the Planning Director or designee. If conflicting information is available from more than one source, or if a source is used that is not provided in Section 4, additional information may be required by the Planning Director or designee.

1.5

PREPARATION AND CERTIFICATION OF PLANS

The Prince George’s County Code requires that all environmental plans submitted to Prince George’s County be prepared by a qualified professional, which includes a licensed forester, a licensed landscape architect, or a qualified professional approved by the Maryland Department of Natural Resources (DNR) per criteria adopted in COMAR 08.19.06.01. Any person who has attained qualified professional status through the DNR program is automatically eligible to submit environmental plans in Prince George’s County. This requirement ensures that the plans have been prepared per industry standards and meet the minimum requirements of the County Code and the Environmental Technical Manual. If these qualifications cannot be verified, or if a person is not listed on the DNR-qualified professionals list, documentation of licensure or certification shall be required.

The qualified professional’s certification block or the licensed professional’s seal must be provided on each sheet of the plan. By signing the plans, the qualified or licensed professional is certifying that the information on the plans is true and accurate and meets the minimum submittal standards provided herein. They are, through their signature, certifying that they have either personally prepared the plans or reviewed the work of others for accuracy and completeness. Either is acceptable. Per Section 25-119(a)(4):

“If there are three documented cases of plan submittals that do not meet the minimum threshold requirements for submittal in conformance with this Division and the Technical Manual within a time frame of one year, the Planning Director may recommend to the Maryland Department of Natural Resources that a qualified professional’s ability to submit plans under this Division be suspended.”

B-6 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

1.6 NRI APPLICATION SUBMISSION NRI-EL application materials shall be submitted via e-mail, compact disc, or thumb drive with all documents in separate portable document format (PDF) files.

NRI Plan application materials shall be submitted via compact disc or thumb drive with all documents in separate PDF files; and shall include one printed copy of the NRI plan. E-mailed file documents and copies of other documents will not be accepted.

See Section 2.0 for the details of application submission procedures and materials.

1.7

ACCEPTANCE, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL

1.7.1 Acceptance When an NRI application is submitted to the Planning Department, it is first reviewed for acceptance (preacceptance review). The plans must be legible. All original documents and plans must be signed in blue ink by the qualified professional who prepared them. Illegible, incomplete packages, uncertified reports, or uncertified plans will result in the entire application package being returned with the deficiencies noted.

In order to be accepted, an application package for any type of NRI must include all applicable required information sufficient for review, as listed on the specified NRI checklist found on the application form.

1.7.2 Review Time Reviews for NRI-EL applications, once accepted, will be completed within 15 business days. In extenuating circumstances, such as periods of high workload volume, this review and comment period may be extended an additional 10 days upon notice to the applicant.

For all other types of NRI applications, the review will be completed within 30 business days. In extenuating circumstances, such as periods of high workload volume, this review and comment period may be extended an additional 10 days upon notice to the applicant.

1.7.3 Approval 1.7.3.1 NRI-EL APPROVAL

The official NRI-EL application is a separate document. The approval section for this type of NRI has been placed on the application to be completed by staff. The NRI-EL shall be approved with an original, or secure, electronic signature by staff. The signed plan will be returned to the contact via email, compact disc, thumb drive, or other media as approved by staff.

1.7.3.2 NRI PLAN APPROVAL

After review comments have been addressed and the NRI package is complete with all information correctly shown on the NRI plan, the applicant will be notified by staff to submit one file of the plan for signature approval.

This plan shall be signed by staff with an original or electronic signature and returned to the applicant via email, thumb drive, or compact disc. A printed copy must be requested and will require a fee.

1.8 PLAN VALIDITY, USE, AND REVISIONS 1.8.1 Validity An approved NRI plan or letter is valid for five years from the date of signature approval, or until information used to prepare the NRI changes prior to expiration.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-7

1.8.2 Use of Approved NRI The approved NRI (plan or equivalency letter) shall be submitted with all development applications that require the NRI document (see applicability section).

The existing conditions approved on the NRI plan must be shown as required on subsequent TCPs, as well as associated stormwater concept plans, erosion and sediment control concept plans, preliminary plans, and site plans because the NRI contains the detailed existing conditions information relevant to the review of those development plans.

1.8.3 Revisions and Revalidation 1.8.3.1 REVISIONS TO NRI PLANS AND LETTERS

Approved NRIs are revised for several reasons. Some examples of when an approved NRI must be revised are listed below: • The approval has expired • The land area of the application is increased • There is a change in information as determined by the Planning Director or designee • The project is no longer grandfathered from Subtitle 24 and 27 In such cases, a meeting with Environmental Planning Section staff may be necessary to determine if a revision is necessary. Previously approved NRI plans that are being resubmitted for review must be submitted with a new application form and a letter stating what revisions were made and why.

Both the letter and the application form must reference the NRI number associated with the previously approved plan. A PDF file of the originally approved NRI plan must also be submitted.

1.8.3.2 NRI REVALIDATION

For NRI plan approval, a variety of information based on detailed studies and field investigations may be included, some of which could still be considered sufficient for review with a specific project, after the NRI has expired.

If it is determined that the information on a previously approved TCP, CP, or approved, but expired, NRI is still sufficient for review with a current development application, the NRI may be revalidated for up to one year from the date of revalidation approval for a specific proposed project. Consideration for revalidation only applies to NRIs approved after September 1, 2010, older than 5, but less than 10, years of the last full review.

Revalidation is at the discretion of the Planning Director or designee. Such discretion shall be reasonably applied.

Before submitting a request for revalidation, a preapplication meeting or review must be conducted to determine if the project qualifies and what information would be needed. Additional information, such as confirmation of certain existing features, may be required.

Revalidation will occur by the issuance of the previously approved letter or plan. An approval block (in green) shall be added to the previously approved document, signed and dated by Environmental Planning Section staff, with a note specifying the applicable use of the approval. The original approval shall be crossed out. No new NRI number or revision number will be issued. The approval block is provided in Appendix B.

1.9 APPEALS If a submitted NRI application is not approved, the applicant may appeal the decision to the Director of the Planning Department.

B-8 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

2.0 REQUIRED DOCUMENTS and APPLICATION SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS The submittal of an NRI-EL must include all applicable documents listed on the NRI-EL application form as described below. Incomplete packages will not be accepted. A complete NRI review package depends on the NRI type and the extent of environmental features found on-site.

Electronic submission requirements can be found in Appendix B. Submission requirements are subject to change based on the best available technology.

2.1

REQUIRED NRI-EQUIVALENCY LETTER (NRI-EL) APPLICATION DOCUMENTS

NRI-EL application materials shall be submitted via email, compact disc, or thumb drive with all documents in a separate PDF file. The items listed below shall be submitted: 1. NRI Equivalency Letter application (NRI-EL)—The current electronic application must be obtained from the Environmental Planning Section web page. The top-half section shall be fully completed and signed.

Using the Adobe Acrobat program, the application must be signed electronically by the applicant with the “fill and sign” tool.

2. Proposed Site Plan (Site Plan)—The site plan shall show the existing conditions and proposed LOD reflective of the area of ground disturbance. The area of the LOD shall be provided in acres or square feet.

The plan shall be signed in blue ink on every sheet and dated by the licensed professional who prepared it.

3. General information Table—The completed table shall be shown on the site plan or it can be provided on a separate 8 inch by 11 inch document. The table is provided in Appendix—Introduction.

4. One of the following documents that is applicable to the project: a. Woodland Conservation Letter of Exemption (WCO-EX)—Provide the completed application with the required review for or the previously approved Letter of Exemption from the Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance. b. Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP2)—The approved and implemented TCP2 or TCPII. c. CBCA Conservation Plan (CP)—The approved and implemented Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Conservation Plan (if a site is partially located in the CBCA, the exemption letter or TCP2 may be required for the area outside of the CBCA).

5. Plat—Approved plat if available.

6. Deed—If the legal property boundaries on the site plan are different from the legal boundaries on PGAtlas. com, the deed consistent with the boundaries on the site plans is required before acceptance.

2.2 REQUIRED NRI PLAN DOCUMENTS NRI Plan (Full, Intermediate, Limited, or CBCA) application materials shall be submitted via compact disc or thumb drive with all documents in separate PDF files, and shall include one printed copy of the NRI plan.

Emailed file documents and copies of other documents will not be accepted. The NRI Package Contents Checklist is found on the application form. The items listed below shall be submitted: 1. NRI Plan Application—The current electronic application must be obtained from the Environmental Planning Section web page. The appropriate box for the type of NRI application being submitted must be checked. The section required to be completed by the applicant must be filled completely.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-9

2. Preparation Checklist—The NRI checklist must be completed by the qualified professional who prepared or verified the information on the plan.

3. NRI Plan—One PDF file and one printed copy of the NRI plan. The plan shall be signed and dated in blue ink on each sheet by the qualified professional who prepared or verified the information on the plan.

4. General Information Table—The completed General Information Table shall be shown on the NRI plan.

5. Forest Stand Delineation (FSD) Report (if applicable)—The FSD report shall include all required documents, signed and dated by the qualified professional who prepared it (to determine the appropriate type of FSD for the NRI application see Section 5.0).

6. Wetland Report (if applicable)—The wetland study prepared, signed, and dated by a qualified professional who has been trained in wetland delineation.

7. DPIE Floodplain approval—The approved 1-percent annual chance (100-year) floodplain letter must be approved by the Department of Permitting, Inspections and Enforcement. The floodplain approval letter must confirm the presence or absence of 100-year floodplain. Any letters from DPIE stating that there is no floodplain information or records for the site will not be accepted. If the approval is based on a floodplain study, the study must be included in the application.

8. Soils Report—USDA NRCS Web Soil Survey (WSS) Custom Soil Resource Report.

9. Plat (if applicable)—The approved plat if one is available.

10. Deed (if applicable)—If the legal property boundaries on the site plan are different from the legal boundaries on PGAtlas.com, the deed consistent with the boundaries on the site plan is required before acceptance.

2.3 NAMING CONVENTIONS FOR PDF DOCUMENTS For electronic submissions, the name of each file attached to an email, or saved to a disc or thumb drive, must be associated with the document type. Below are the naming conventions for each required document that is attached or saved.

Table B-3. Naming Conventions for PDF Documents DOCUMENT TYPE

NRI-EL ONLY

NRI PLAN ONLY

BOTH

FILE NAME

Natural Resource Inventory Equivalency Letter Application

NRI-EL

Proposed Site Plan

Site Plan

Approved Exemption letter or Application for Letter of Exemption

WCO-EX

Approved Type 2 or Type II Tree Conservation Plan

TCP2

Approved CBCA Conservation Plan

CP

Natural Resource Inventory Plan Application

NRI Application

NRI Plan Checklist

Checklist

NRI Plan

NRI

Forest Stand Delineation Report

FSD Report

Wetland Delineation

Wetland Study

DPIE floodplain approval

FP form

USDA NRCS Web Soil Survey (WSS) Custom Soil Resource Report

Soils Report

Rare Threatened Endangered Species Letter from DNR or Copy of Request to DNR

RTE

Plat

Plat

Deed

Deed

Other

Other

B-10 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

3.0 NATURAL RESOURCE INVENTORY PLAN REQUIREMENTS At a minimum, An NRI plan must show all of the existing features found on a site. Other required information will vary based on the NRI application type.

3.1

PLAN STANDARDS

Plan standards are features that are always required on an NRI plan.

3.1.1

Extent of features and Information

The Full (NRI-FP) or CBCA (NRI-CP) must include the detailed information for the subject site, as well as information for land extending off the property 100 feet in all directions.

The Limited (NRI-LP) or Intermediate (NRI-IP) must include the detailed information for the area within a proposed LOD, as well as information for land extending outside of the proposed LOD 100 feet in all directions. A note shall be added to the plan regarding the extent of detailed information on the plan (see General notes in Appendix B).

Even though a site may not visibly contain any environmental features, a stream or wetland located on an adjacent property may require a buffer that extends onto the subject property. It is not always necessary to access an adjacent property to show its environmental features. Certain information may be projected or obtained from other sources.

3.1.2 Scale NRIs shall be prepared at a scale of no less than 1 inch equals 100 feet (i.e., plans can be 1 inch equals 50 feet or 1 inch equals 30 feet). Although not required, it is recommended, when appropriate, to match the intended scale of future associated development plans. The Planning Director or designee reserves the right to request the scale of the approved NRI be revised to an appropriate engineering scale as necessary to be clear and readable.

PDF submissions of the NRI plan must be printable to be consistent with the indicated scale.

3.1.3 Standard Symbols Standard symbols are required to be used on all environmental plans referenced in this manual. These are provided in Appendix—Introduction. The use of standard symbols will reduce review times and provide clarity on detailed plans. Alternate symbols may be used only if they provide the same level of clarity. Alternate symbols are subject to review and approval by the Planning Director or designee.

3.1.4 Standard Sheet Layout for Plans The standard sheet layout is preferred for all NRI plan submittals. In general, the title block, professional certification, general information table, and NRI approval block should be placed in the lower-right-hand corner, so that when the plans are folded this information is easily referenced. The scale of the plan must be listed in the title section of the drawing. Additional site statistics and required plan notes should be provided in the upperright-hand corner of the sheet.

The vicinity map must always be shown in the upper-right-hand corner. A sample sheet layout can be found in Appendix—Introduction. The NRI plan approval block is located in Appendix B. A cover sheet, as described in 3.1.1, shall always be provided with any NRI-LP and NRI-IP. For other plans, an overall cover sheet shall be provided for multisheet plans containing three or more sheets. The cover sheet shall provide a key to the areas covered by each sheet. The scale, key, and legend must be provided on each sheet showing the land area or plan view of the application.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-11

3.2 GENERAL INFORMATION TABLE The General Information Table is required to be shown on the plan. The required information must be obtained from the PGAtlas.com web site. The table provides the PGAtlas.com layer category, where each specific layer containing the required information can be found. The table is also provided in Appendix—Introduction.

Table B-4. General Information Table Layer Category

Layer Name

Value

Zone

Zoning (Zone)

Zone

Aviation Policy Area (APA) 1

Administrative

Tax Grid (TMG)

Administrative

WSSC Grid (Sheet 20)

Administrative

Planning Area (Plan Area)

Administrative

Election District (ED)

Administrative

Councilmanic District (CD)

Administrative

General Plan 2002 Tier (Tier)

Administrative

Traffic Analysis Zone (COG) (TAZ-COG)

Administrative

Traffic Analysis Zone (PG County (TAZ-PG)

If the site is within an APA, enter the name of the airport. If the site is not within an APA, enter “N/A.”

1

3.3 NRI GENERAL NOTES The required general notes shall be placed on the plan. The notes shall be legible and follow the exact sequence as provided in the template. The wording shall also be consistent with the template, edited with the information specific to the property. Additional notes, if applicable, shall also be shown on the plan following the required notes.

The template for the required NRI general notes and applicable notes can be found in Appendix B.

3.4 SITE STATISTICS The site statistics are required to be shown on the plan for the existing environmental features outlined in the table below, which is also provided in Appendix B. Table B-5. Natural Resources Inventory Site Statistics Table Existing Site Statistics

Total1

Gross tract area 100-year floodplain Net tract area Woodland2 in the floodplain Woodland2 net tract Woodland2 total PMA Primary Buffer3 Secondary Buffer3 Regulated streams (linear feet of centerline) Riparian (wooded) buffer up to 300 feet wide4 Figures are to be provided in acres rounded to the nearest 1/100th of an acre unless otherwise indicated.

For woodland within the CBCA, this also applies to developed woodland.

3 Applies to CBCAn NRIs only.

4 Acreage of onsite woodland up to 300 feet measured from the stream centerline or from the top of bank on both sides of all regulated streams.

1 2

B-12 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

3.5 STREAMS AND MINIMUM STREAM BUFFERS 3.5.1 Regulated and Non-regulated Streams All streams (regulated as defined in Subtitle 24 of the County Code and non-regulated such as ephemeral streams, ditches, and concrete channels) must be shown on the NRI plan for the subject property.

3.5.2 Buffers for Regulated Streams The minimum stream buffers must be shown for regulated streams on the NRI plan in accordance with Table B-6. The width of a stream buffer is based on the location of its environmental strategy area (ESA) designated by the most recently approved general plan (Plan 2035). Stream buffers are measured on both sides of the stream from the top of the stream bank. When stream banks are less than 10 feet apart, the stream buffer is measured from the centerline of the stream.

Nonregulated streams do not require a stream buffer but are required to be shown and identified on the NRI plan. Map B-1 shows a stream and its associated minimum buffer.

The minimum stream buffer for regulated streams in the CBCA is called the Primary Buffer. This buffer may be expanded and is called the Secondary Buffer. Refer to Section 4 about delineating the Primary and Secondary Buffers in the CBCA. Table B-6. Minimum Stream Buffers Environmental Strategy Area (ESA)*

Minimum Stream Buffer Width (in feet)

ESA 1

60

ESA 2

75

ESA3

100

ESA4 (CBCA)

100+ (See Subtitle 5B, CBCA Ordinance)

*As designated in the general plan (Plan 2035) or as modified by a subsequent master or sector plan.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-13

Map B-1. Regulated Stream and Minimum Stream Buffer (ESA2)

3.5.3 Buffers for Tier II Waters and Impaired Waters with Sediment TMDL Tier II waters are high-quality waters within the State of Maryland as designated by the Maryland Department of Environment (MDE). These waters, in addition to impaired water bodies with a total maximum daily load (TMDL) allocation for sediment, are afforded special protection under Maryland’s Anti-degradation policy. The catchment area of these waters and water bodies comprise their total drainage areas.

The Tier II/TMDL Buffer is a stream buffer for all Tier II and impaired waters bodies in a Tier II catchment area, expanded up to 150 feet, to provide the necessary buffer protection for the affected stream segments. The required buffer width is based the hydrologic soil group (HSG) of the soil formation in the immediate vicinity of the affected stream segment, and the topography (steepness) of the adjacent land formations, to be repeated for all streams within the catchment area. The Prince George’s Soil Conservation District (PGSCD) reserves the right to limit impacts to the buffer at the time of review of the grading, erosion, and sediment control plan, which could affect development plans.

MDE may also require buffer expansion or additional measures at the time of review depending on the scope and proposed impacts of a specific project site, with similar NRI revision requirements.

The Tier II buffer widths are provided in Table B-7, which are based on the mapped soil type ( formation) in accordance with the USDA NRCS WSS and HSG in accordance with the most current edition of the PGSCD Soil Erosion and Sediment Control—Pond Safety Reference Manual. Note that the buffer widths are measured from the top of the bank on each side for perennial streams, and the centerline for intermittent streams.

B-14 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table B-7. Tier II Watersheds Expanded Buffer Widths Expanded Buffer Width (feet) for Perennial and Intermittent Streams Slope Hydrologic Soil Group

0-25%

>25%

A/B

100

125

C/D*

125

150

* All reclaimed sites being proposed for development shall utilize an HSG of “D”.

This information shall be included in the required soils table (see Table B-9). When a formation contains two or more HSGs, the higher of the soil groups shall be applied, regardless of percentage, unless a reduced group is approved by PGSCD. Tier II buffers shall be shown on the NRI plan exclusive of the primary management area or the primary/ secondary buffer. To determine if Tier II buffers must be applied, the following should be confirmed: 1. The site is fully or partially within a Tier II catchment area 2. The site contains regulated streams or is within 150 feet of a regulated stream of a Tier II catchment The data sources index in Appendix—Introduction provides the links to the mapped Tier II catchment areas and TMDL/Impaired waters. If the site meets the above descriptions, the applicant must submit a request for an evaluation to PGSCD, who will provide the necessary confirmation, along with details, of the required buffer. The buffer shall be delineated on the NRI.

3.6 WETLANDS DELINEATION, WETLAND BUFFERS, AND WETLAND REPORT Wetland delineations and wetland reports shall be performed and prepared by a qualified wetland professional who has successfully completed, at minimum, a 40-hour comprehensive wetland delineation program in accordance with state and federal protocols. A brief description of the credentials of the wetland professional shall be provided in the wetland report.

3.6.1 Wetland Delineation All wetlands, including isolated and nonisolated, tidal and nontidal, and wetlands of special state concern must be field delineated and shown on the NRI plan for the subject property and within 100 feet of the area outside of the legal boundaries or LOD. The wetland delineation methodology must be based on the currently accepted USACE delineation methods; however, a jurisdictional determination cannot be substituted for this requirement because it will only show those areas that are regulated by federal law and will not necessarily show those areas regulated at the state and local levels. If the jurisdictional determination identifies all existing wetlands, including those regulated at the state and local levels, it may be accepted.

Off-site information can be estimated using available information. A note confirming if the flagging points are based on field or surveyed locations shall be provided on the plan in the section for general NRI notes.

The required minimum 25-foot-wide wetland buffer must be shown on the NRI plan for all wetlands that are not wetlands of special state concern. For wetlands of special state concern, a minimum 100-foot-wide buffer shall be provided. The standard symbols for both wetlands and wetland buffers must be included in the legend. Map B-2 provides an illustration of wetlands and wetland buffers.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-15

Map B-2. Nontidal Wetland and Minimum Wetland Buffer

When an area that is adjacent to a wetland contains slopes of 15 percent or greater, the wetland buffer must be expanded to include these areas and the expanded areas shall be labeled “Primary Management Area (PMA).”

3.6.2 Wetland Delineation Report The wetland report must include a narrative and photographs as described. The narrative should begin with a brief introduction describing overall site conditions, followed by a description of the methodology used, a description of any past or present land uses that may have affected drainage, the presence or absence of regulated and nonregulated streams, and the presence of regulated wetland features on the site. The narrative and photographs are important to confirm the presence or absence of streams or wetlands. A suggested format for the wetland report is provided in Appendix B. The NRI plan must show all wetlands, streams, and nonregulated streams for the subject property, and within 100 feet of the subject property or the width of the adjacent lot(s), whichever is less. The wetland delineation report and NRI plan must include all information outlined in the NRI checklist.

3.6.3 Wetlands of Special State Concern If a wetland of special state concern (see Table B-8. Wetlands of Special State Concern in Prince George’s County) exists, a minimum 100-foot-wide wetland buffer is automatically required, and the standard wetland symbol shall be provided in the legend. This information may also be found on PGAtlas and MERLIN.

B-16 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table B-8. Wetlands of Special State Concern in Prince George’s County1 SITE

U.S.G.S. QUAD NAME

Beck Woods

Laurel

Belt Woods

Lanham

Beltsville Airport Bog

Laurel

Beltsville Bottomland Forest

Laurel, Beltsville

Beltsville Forest & Meadow

Laurel

Beltsville Seasonal Ponds

Laurel

Buck Lodge Road Bog

Beltsville

Chews Lake

Bristol

Fort Ravine

Mt. Vernon

Johnson’s Gully

Mt. Vernon

Huntington Park Woods

Laurel

Patuxent Maple Swamp

Bowie

Patuxent W.R.C.

Laurel

US I-95 Bog

Beltsville

Southwest Branch Bottomland Forest

Lanham, Upper Marlboro

Suitland Bog

Anacostia

Watkins Regional Park

Lanham

Zekiah Swamp

Brandywine

Compiled from COMAR 26.23.06.01

1

3.7 PERCENT ANNUAL CHANCE (100-YEAR) FLOODPLAIN The 1-percent annual chance (100-year) floodplain (referred to as floodplain for general purposes of this section) is defined as the area subject to a flood event, which has a 1-percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year. For land development purposes, the location of the 1-percent annual chance (100-year) floodplain in Prince George’s County is determined or approved by the Prince George’s County Department of Permitting, Inspections and Enforcement (DPIE). Development proposals must adhere to the regulations of the Prince George’s County Water Resources Protection and Grading Code, Subtitle 32, Division 4 (Floodplain Ordinance); Section 27-124.01 of the Zoning Ordinance; and Section 24-129 of the Subdivision Ordinance.

The effective floodplain as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) cannot be used as the sole source for the delineation on an NRI plan. For any Full, Intermediate, Limited, or CBCA NRI, documentation approved by DPIE that confirms the presence or absence of floodplain must be provided for acceptance of the application. If floodplain is present, details in the letter and supporting documentation about the effective elevations must be provided. For NRI Equivalency Letter (NRI-EL) applications, floodplain confirmation is not required; however, if it is determined at the time of NRI-EL review that floodplain does or may occur on the site, a Full NRI plan application may be required. DPIE may also require a full NRI if floodplain is determined to be present.

In order to determine whether or not floodplain is present on-site, the applicant must first submit a Floodplain Information Request Form to DPIE to determine whether or not there is an approved floodplain study for the subject property. DPIE will assess a specific property to determine whether a County-approved watershed study, an approved private floodplain study, or the effective Flood Insurance Study (FIS) prepared by FEMA governs. DPIE often adds a freeboard (typically one foot) to the approved water surface elevations, whether it is a County-approved study or the applicable FIS. In general, the County-approved watershed studies have higher water surface elevations because they are based on future land use conditions, while the FIS is based on existing land use conditions.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-17

If there is an approved floodplain study, a letter from DPIE must be provided before it can be used to delineate the 1-percent annual chance (100-year) floodplain on the NRI. If there is no approved floodplain study for a site, an approved floodplain study must be completed by an engineer or the Prince George’s County Department of Environment (DoE) and be approved by DPIE prior to acceptance of any NRI plan application. If a floodplain easement has been established on a property, verification from DPIE that the boundaries of the easement are still valid for the area may be required.

To summarize, an approved floodplain request form from DPIE must be provided before the required floodplain information and NRI plan can be accepted for review. The floodplain source for the NRI can be one of the following, but must be approved by DPIE: 1. A floodplain easement less than 10 years old 2. A watershed study or effective FIS, whichever has the higher water surface elevation 3. An existing floodplain study 4. A new floodplain study prepared by a licensed engineer or DoE The study prepared by the engineer or DoE must be approved by DPIE prior to Environmental Planning Section approval of the NRI. If no area of the 1-percent annual chance (100-year) floodplain is shown on the NRI, then documentation regarding the absence of floodplain must be obtained from DPIE stating that there is no 1-percent annual chance (100-year) floodplain existing on-site.

A link to the Floodplain Information Request Form is provided on the Data Sources sheet in Appendix— Introduction.

3.8 SOILS AND UNSAFE LANDS Mapped soils and a table must be included on the plan. This table shall include detailed information for all soil types found on the subject property. This table must include the map unit symbol, map unit name and description, k-factor, hydric rating, hydrologic soil group, and drainage class as shown in Table B-9.

The source of the mapped name, symbol, k-factor, hydric rating, and drainage class shall be obtained from the most current information available from the USDA NRCS WSS. A dated custom soils resource report for the subject site, generated from the USDA NRCS WSS, shall be submitted with the application. Guidance for using the WSS and preparation of the Custom Soil Survey Report can be found on the USDA NRCS WSS web site or obtained from PGSCD. A link to the Getting Started instructions is provided on the list of Data Sources in Appendix— Introduction.

The source of the HSG, and percentage of each component of the soil type, shall be obtained from the most current edition of the PGSD Soil Erosion and Sediment Control—Pond Safety Reference Manual. For soil complexes, the hydrologic group of each soil type shall be provided, but the highest of each type shall designate the whole soil type (see Table B-9).

B-18 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table B-9. Sample Soils Table Map Unit Symbol

Map Unit Name

Soil TypesPercentageGroup

K-Factor (Whole Soil)

Hydric Rating

Hydrologic Soil Group

Unknown Hydric

C

Moderately well drained

C

Moderately well drained

Drainage Class

AaB

Adelphia silt loam, 2-5% slopes

Adelphi-75-C

0.37

CcC

Christiana-Downer complex, 5-10% slopes

Christiana-50-C Downer-35-B

0.49

CdC

Christiana-DownerUrban Land complex, 5-15% slopes

Christiana-30-C Downer-25-B Urban Land-20-D

--

Not Hydric

D

--

GhC

Grosstown-Hoghole complex, 5-10% slopes

Grosstown-50-B Hoghole-45-A

0.24

Not Hydric

B

Well-drained

SrA

Shrewsberry Loam 0-2% slopes

Shrewsberry—75 C/D

0.24

Hydric

D

Poorly-drained

If the site, or portions of the site, have been mined in the past, these areas shall be delineated on the NRI plan with a note identifying them. The acreages of these mined areas shall be included in the NRI site statistics table. The acreages shall be rounded to the nearest 1/100th of an acre. A similar note must also be added on the plan sheet.

3.8.1 Marlboro Clay and Christiana Complex Clay formations can be difficult to penetrate and have characteristics that make it unstable for construction. It shrinks and swells at a greater rate than the soils around it, causing construction materials that come into contact with it to shift. This shrinking and swelling can also result in slope failures that can cause damage to property and endanger people. Because of these characteristics, it is important to determine early in the process if Marlboro Clay or Christiana Complex are present on a site.

Using PGAtlas.com or other available sources, the presence or absence of Marlboro Clays and Christiana Complex shall be identified. The conceptual areas can be shown consistent with PGAtlas.com. The identified clays shall be stated in the standard NRI notes and included on the plan. If the presence of clay areas is known or questionable before or during the development review process, the project will be referred to DPIE to determine if a geotechnical report in accordance with DPIE’s Geotechnical Guidelines for Soil Investigations and Reports for Site/ Road Grading Permits in or near Over-consolidated Clays is required.

The report may be required as early as at the time of conceptual site plan or comprehensive design plan review up until prior to the issuance of any permits, depending on the type of development applications required for a certain project.

The report shall be prepared and submitted to DPIE for approval.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-19

3.9 TOPOGRAPHY AND STEEP SLOPES At the time of preparation of the NRI, topography must be provided on the NRI plan. While field run topography is the preferred source, M-NCPPC topography will be accepted as a source for the NRI review. The contour intervals must be no more than two feet. All slopes equal to, or greater than, 15 percent are classified as steep slopes and must be shown on the NRI plan. The standard symbol for steep slopes must be used on the plan and included in the legend.

The formula for calculating slopes is as follows:

Where V= the vertical distance between contour intervals (Maximum interval allowed = 2 feet) Where H = the horizontal distance between contours V/H = percent slope or 2-foot contour/number of feet horizontal distance = percent slope

3.10 PRIMARY MANAGEMENT AREA The Primary Management Area (PMA) is a vegetated buffer established or preserved along all regulated streams outside the CBCA overlay zones. If the PMA is not vegetated at the time of plan review, the planting of trees in this area is a high priority for woodland conservation.

At a minimum, the PMA includes: 1. All regulated streams and their associated stream buffers.

2. The 100-year floodplain as defined by Section 27-124.01.

3. All wetlands and associated wetland buffers that are adjacent to the regulated stream, stream buffer, or the 100-year floodplain.

4. All areas having natural slopes of 15 percent or greater adjacent to the regulated stream or stream buffer, the 100-year floodplain, or adjacent wetlands or wetland buffers.

5. Adjacent critical habitat areas.

If present, the PMA is required to be shown on the Full, Intermediate, and Limited NRI plan using the standard symbol as shown in the standardized list of symbols. The PMA is not required to be shown on land areas within the CBCA. The symbol must be included in the legend. Map B-3 shows the elements of a PMA and its overall delineation. Map B-4 illustrates the correct and incorrect methods for delineating the PMA.

B-20 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Map B-3. Delineation of Primary Management Area

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-21

Map B-4. Correct Method for Delineation of Primary Management Area

B-22 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

3.11 FOREST STAND DELINEATION A forest stand delineation (FSD) is required as part of the NRI and shall be prepared in conformance with Part B, Section 5.0, Forest Stand Delineation. All existing forest cover and tree cover, as determined from fieldwork and the most current available aerial photos, shall be shown on the NRI plan. These areas shall be designated with a graphic symbol that delineates the woody vegetation beginning with the extent of canopy for those areas that are considered regulated woodlands. A symbol for hedgerows and shrub/scrub areas is also required to be shown.

For CBCA NRIs, the FSD must also identify and provide the acreage of the on-site developed woodland as defined in Subtitle 5B. The applicant should consult with Environmental Planning Division staff to determine if a simplified forest stand delineation is acceptable.

Due to the detailed nature of the FSD requirements, the instructions and requirements for preparing the FSD have been separately placed in Section 5.0.

3.12 FOREST INTERIOR DWELLING SPECIES (FIDS HABITAT AND BUFFER) Forest interior dwelling species (FIDS) habitat is a woodland area of sufficient size to be favorable to the breeding of certain interior-dwelling bird species, which are assumed to be present if the majority of the forest is dominated by pole-sized or larger trees ( five inches or greater diameter at breast height) or has a closed canopy. These areas must meet one of the following conditions: a. The woodlands are a minimum of 50 acres in size and contain at least 10 acres of forest interior habitat.

Forest interior habitat is forest that is greater than 300 feet from the nearest forest edge. b. The woodlands are riparian forest at least 50 acres in size and have a minimum average width of 300 feet and are located within the watershed of a regulated stream.

Although a site may contain a limited acreage of woodland, it may still be considered FIDS habitat or FIDS buffer if it is contiguous with a larger tract of off-site woodlands that, when reviewed together, meet the above criteria.

To delineate the FIDS buffer, start at the existing tree line and measure into the forest 300 feet. The area within this 300-foot-wide area should be labeled FIDS buffer and the standard symbol should be included in the legend.

The FIDS habitat is located in forests more than 300 feet from the forest edge and meets one of the two conditions listed above. FIDS buffers and habitats are areas where forest fragmentation should be avoided in future land designs.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-23

Map B-5. Forest Interior Dwelling Species (FIDS) Habitat Buffer

B-24 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

3.13 RARE, THREATENED, OR ENDANGERED SPECIES Locations of flora and fauna that are designated as rare, threatened, or endangered (RTE); in need of conservation; or as a watch-list species (as determined by DNR Natural Heritage Service Headquarters) must be shown on the NRI plan. The applicant should first review the DNR Natural Heritage Program Sensitive Species Project Review Area Map available on the DNR website (mdmerlin.net).

The list of rare, threatened and endangered species and information regarding these species can be accessed by going to the link provided in the list of data sources in Appendix—Introduction. Well ahead of the NRI plan submittal, the applicant should send a vicinity map and a letter briefly explaining the project and requesting the identification of significant species to the following address: DNR Natural Heritage Program Attention: Environmental Review Coordinator Tawes State Office Building 580 Taylor Avenue, E-1 Annapolis, MD 21401 DNR will check their database for known occurrences of significant species or habitats and will send a response letter. This request takes a few weeks to process and should be one of the first steps in the preparation of the NRI application.

3.14 ARCHEOLOGICAL AND HISTORIC RESOURCES AND SITES Known historic resources, cemeteries, archeological sites, existing buildings, and foundations, as well as paving and man-made landforms such as terracing, must be shown on the NRI plan. The applicant may obtain information from PGAtlas.com on the locations of Prince George’s County historic sites and historic resources and on National Register properties. This information must be included in the NRI General Notes (see Appendix B), and the locations of known resources and sites must be shown on the plan. Applicants may also wish to consult the Maryland Historical Trust’s Medusa (see data sources in Appendix—Introduction) for information on documented properties that do not appear on PGAtlas.com.

The applicant is encouraged to contact the Planning Department’s Historic Preservation staff to verify the presence or absence of historically significant resources and sites on or near the property during the NRI preparation process. This additional information may be required during subsequent review and approval processes, including the preliminary plan review and approval process, and may pose limitations on the development of the site.

3.15 EASEMENTS There are several types of easements or buffers that can exist on a property that may affect the development on a site. At a minimum, the following easements must be shown on an NRI plan if they exist: • Cemetery easements • Conservation easements (local and Maryland Environmental Trust) • Floodplain easements • Water, sewer, and utility easements • Drainage easements • Storm drain easements • Woodland conservation easements • Historic easements (local and Maryland Historic Trust) • Agricultural easements (HARPP and MALPH) • Environmental setting ( for historic sites) Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-25

• Landscape buffer easements • Landscape easements • Scenic easements • Road and access easements • Master Plan of Transportation right-of-way Other types of easements may also be required to be shown on the NRI if applicable to development of the site.

Easement information for a site may generally be obtained from the most current record plat or deeds, but may not include any easements that may have been recorded separately in the land records after recordation or sale.

These are also generally obtainable with an up-to-date title search.

3.16 SCENIC RESOURCE POLICY AREAS Scenic Resource Policy Areas (SRPA) are designated areas established to protect significant scenic, cultural, and historic resources within Prince George’s County. SRPAs are identified through the comprehensive plan, area master plan, or functional master plan process. Properties located in a SRPA are subject to applicable design standards at time of permit review. Currently there are two designated SRPAs within the County: • Mount Vernon Viewshed • Lower Patuxent Scenic Byway To determine if a site is within an SRPA, the applicant may obtain information from PGAtlas.com. This information must be included in the general notes.

3.17 NOISE Noise is an unwanted or excessive sound that may come from various sources.

Traffic-generated noise from master-planned roadways designated as arterial or higher may affect certain proposed uses of a site. Designations of roadway classifications are available on PGAtlas.com. A note must be included on the plan indicating if the site is adjacent to, or in the vicinity of, any roadways designated as arterial or higher.

Joint Base Andrews (JBA) is a local noise generator that may also affect the proposed use of a site. If a site lies within the noise contours as found in the most recently approved noise contours for JBA, then a note must be added to the plan that includes the noise contour within which the property lies.

Noise information must be included in the standard NRI notes, including the distance of the site from known noise generators located in the vicinity of the site. Other noise generators might include concrete recycling facilities, industrial uses with outdoor equipment, and gravel mining.

B-26 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

4.0 CBCA NRI PLAN REQUIREMENTS 4.1 CHESAPEAKE BAY CRITICAL AREA Land within the CBCA is subject to Subtitle 5B of the County Code, which requires the delineation of environmental features specific to the CBCA, and contains regulations for the protection of those specific environmental features. Like all other sites, land area within the CBCA is required to have an NRI for all development projects that require a grading permit.

It should be noted that some sites are only partially located within the CBCA. For these sites, one NRI plan can be prepared. The area within the CBCA must conform to the NRI requirements for this section and Section 3 (Part B) where applicable, while the area outside of the CBCA must conform to the NRI requirements of Section 3 (Part B) only.

Land within the CBCA is within one of the following CBCA overlay zones: • Intense Development Overlay (I-D-O) • Limited Development Overlay (L-D-O) • Resource Conservation Overlay (R-C-O) While the regulatory requirements for these overlay zones may vary, all CBCA NRI plans must provide the information listed in Section 3 (Part B), with the exception of the Primary Management Area (PMA) and the stream buffers of ESAs 1-3, because lands within the CBCA are not subject to those buffer regulations defined in Subtitle 24, but are subject to the buffers described in Section 5B-121.

In addition to the specified required elements of Section 3, the CBCA NRI plan is required to show the following: a. Mean high-water line b. Critical area buffer, both the primary buffer and secondary buffer if present c. Developed woodlands d. Subtitle 5B CBCA Lot Coverage Table e. Subtitle 27 Zoning Net Lot Coverage Table

4.2 MEAN HIGH WATER LINE The local and state codes define the mean high-water line (also referred to as mean high-tide line) as the average level of high tide at a given location for all tidal waters, regulated streams, and tidal wetlands. For sites that contain, or are within the vicinity of, tidal waters, streams, or wetlands, the mean high-water line must be delineated on the NRI plan.

For open water, the mean high-water line is sometimes easy to determine when there is a bulkhead or a vertical bank at the high tide line. In the case of a typical shoreline, the mean high-water line is sometimes identified using the rack line. A rack line is an area along the tidal shore where uprooted bay grasses, sticks, shells, and other debris are deposited by the tide. This is generally a reasonable indicator of the mean high-water line. For shorelines that are protected with a rock revetment, water stains, algae, or barnacles on the rocks are usually good indicators of the location of mean high-water line. (The Green Book for the Buffer, September 2012).

For tidal wetlands, the mean high-water line is located at the landward edge of the delineated wetland (see Section 3 regarding wetland delineation).

For regulated streams, the mean high-water line is located at the edge of each bank of the stream channel.

The location of the mean high-water line must be delineated on the NRI plan. The symbol for the mean high-water line shall be clearly shown and identified in the legend using the standard symbol (see Appendix—Introduction for a list of standard symbols).

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-27

4.3 CRITICAL AREA BUFFER The Critical Area Buffer is a protective buffer that is measured landward from the mean high-water line for tidal waters, the edge of the bank of a tributary stream, or the edge of a tidal wetland. The critical area buffer consists of a primary buffer which may be expanded by a secondary buffer as described below.

4.3.1 Primary Buffer The primary buffer is the area of land 100 feet from the mean water line of tidal waters, the edge of the bank of tributary streams, and the landward extent of tidal wetlands.

If a subdivision or a change in the use is proposed in the Resource Conservation Overlay (R-C-O) Zone of the CBCA, the primary buffer is 200 feet from all tidal waterways and tidal wetlands. For regulated streams in the R-C-O, the minimum primary buffer is 100 feet.

4.3.2 Secondary Buffer The secondary buffer is an expansion of the primary buffer and consists of environmental features that are contiguous with the primary buffer. The Secondary buffer includes any of the following features when they are present and contiguous with the primary buffer: • A steep slope at a rate of four feet for every one percent of slope, or the entire steep slope to the top of the slope, whichever is greater • Any nontidal wetlands to the upland boundary of the nontidal wetland • The 100-foot buffer that is associated with a nontidal wetland of special state concern as stated in COMAR § 26. 23. 06.01 • The 100-year floodplain • The landward edge of the hydric soils or highly erodible soils, up to a maximum of 300 feet total (including the 100-foot Primary Buffer)

4.4 DEVELOPED WOODLANDS In addition to the delineation of woodlands required on an NRI, the CBCA NRI must also identify and delineate all developed woodlands. Developed woodlands are areas of woodland and other vegetation that do not meet the definition of woodlands but contain trees and other natural vegetation. The canopy of individual trees and areas such as scrub-shrub and invasives, which do not meet the definition of woodland, qualify as developed woodlands and are subject to the requirements of Subtitle 5B. Because developed woodlands are treated the same as other regulated woodlands with respect to the requirements of Subtitle 5B, the area of developed woodlands must be delineated on the NRI. The acreage must be provided separately and in combination with the other regulated woodlands on the site statistics table.

A simplified forest stand delineation (FSD) must be provided on the plan for all areas of developed woodlands on the site. If a detailed FSD is required for the presence of woodlands, the forest stand information for developed woodlands may be incorporated into the overall FSD report.

The developed woodland shall be identified on the plan by a tree line symbol that is distinct from the standard symbol for existing woodlands. See Appendix—Introduction for a list of Standard Symbols.

4.5 EXISTING LOT COVERAGE The CBCA NRI is required to provide the existing lot coverage calculations, which are used in the review of conservation plans. There are two types of lot coverage that must be provided.

Each structure that meets lot coverage listed in the table below must be identified and labeled on the plan with the structure name and lot coverage area.

B-28 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

4.5.1 Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Lot Coverage The Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Ordinance (Subtitle 5B) defines lot coverage in the CBCA as “the percentage of a gross area of a lot or parcel that is existing or proposed to be (1) occupied by a structure, accessory structure, parking area, driveway, walkway, impermeable deck or stairway, or roadway; or (2) covered with, gravel, stone, shell, impermeable decking, pavers, permeable pavement, or any man made material. Lot coverage in the Critical Area does not include (1) a fence or wall that is less than one-foot in width that has not been constructed with a footer; (2) a walkway in the Primary or Secondary Buffer, including a stairway that provides direct access to a community or private pier; (3) a wood mulch pathway, or (4) a deck with gaps to allow water to pass freely.”

The existing lot coverage information is used to evaluate the final proposed lot coverage in comparison with the allowable lot coverage on development applications for land within the CBCA. The allowable lot coverage is based on the designated CBCA Overlay Zone of the subject site and can be found in Subtitle 5B of the County Code.

The following table is a sample of the CBCA existing lot coverage table to be provided on all NRI plans for land within the CBCA. A copy of this table is in Appendix B, but because this table contains formulas to calculate the values, this table should be obtained from the EPS web page at www.pgplanning.org.

Table B-10. Sample Subtitle 5B (CBCA) Existing Lot Coverage Table Existing Lot Coverage Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA) Area Calculations CBCA Overlay Zone

LDO

Enter gross lot size in square feet (SF):

25,042

Enter % CBCA lot coverage allowed:

15%

Total SF CBCA lot coverage allowed:

3,756

CBCA Lot Coverage by Category Dwelling Accessory Structures

Surface Material1

Percent Impervious2

Existing Lot Coverage Area3 (SF)

Asphalt shingles

100%

3,000

Pool

100%

0

Sidewalk

Concrete

100%

70

Porches

asphalt shingles

100%

50

Concrete/ gravel

100%

1,325

Stone steps to water (in buffer)

0%

181

Wood with gaps

0%

1150

Rip rap

0%

56

Driveway Patio or Pavers Deck Other Surfaces

Total Existing CBCA Lot Coverage =

4,445

CBCA Percent Impervious Surface =

17.8%

All existing or proposed surfaces that contribute to lot coverage.

All surfaces are 100% impervious to water (except decks that are constructed with gaps between the wood to allow water to permeate are considered 0% impermeable).

3 Enter lot coverage in square feet for each category (enter all numbers as positive numbers).

1 2

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-29

4.5.2 Zoning Ordinance Net Lot Coverage The Zoning Ordinance (Subtitle 27) defines lot coverage as “ ‘Buildings (including covered porches) and areas for vehicular access and parking of vehicles.”

The existing net lot coverage is used to evaluate the final lot coverage in comparison with the allowable lot coverage on development applications for land within the CBCA. The allowable lot coverage based on the underlying zone can be found in Subtitle 27 of the County Code. Note, certain structures that are required to be documented as coverage in the CBCA may not apply when calculating net lot coverage as defined by Subtitle 27.

As such, in some cases the net lot coverage area will differ from the CBCA lot coverage area.

The following table is a sample of the Subtitle 27 existing lot coverage table to be provided on all NRI plans for land within the CBCA. A copy of this table is in Appendix B, but because this table contains formulas to calculate the values, this table should be obtained from the EPS web page at www.pgplanning.org.

Table B-11. Sample Subtitle 27 (Zoning) Existing Net Lot Coverage Table Zoning Ordinance (Z.O.) Net Lot Coverage Calculations Area Calculations Enter Zone

R-R

Enter net lot area in square feet (SF)

25,042

Enter % of Z.O. lot coverage allowed

15%

Total SF Z.O. lot coverage allowed

3,756

Lot Coverage by Category

Existing Lot Coverage (SF)

Roofed Structures

3000

Driveway2

1,325

1

Total Existing Z.O. Lot Coverage =

4,325

Total Percentage Z.O. Lot Coverage =

17.3%

Includes dwellings, accessory structures, covered porches, covered decks, covered stoops and covered patios.

Includes any area used for vehicle parking and vehicle access to the dwelling regardless of surface.

1 2

5.0 FOREST STAND DELINEATION A forest stand delineation (FSD) is defined as a detailed accounting of woody vegetation and existing site conditions, prepared in plan and document form. The purpose of an FSD is to provide an accurate depiction of the forest species, composition, age, condition, location, and acreage existing on a property prior to disturbance.

FSDs are used to determine the most suitable areas for both development and woodland and wildlife habitat conservation. FSDs are required to be prepared by a qualified professional and must provide all the information contained in the FSD checklists and include the standard FSD notes as provided in Appendix B. Refer to Table I-3 for an overview of when an FSD is required.

Prior to the design team beginning their work on a project, the FSD should be analyzed to determine what existing resources on-site should be preserved and how the proposed development might affect the resources that remain.

The FSD, combined with the NRI, should be used as the base sheet upon which the design work commences.

FSDs are reviewed as part of the review of the associated application and are not reviewed separately. Comments are provided through the coordinating reviewer and revised plans are submitted through the appropriate section.

The County Code requirements with respect to FSDs can be found in Subtitle 25-123.

B-30 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

5.1

TYPES OF FOREST STAND DELINEATION

The FSD must cover the legal boundaries of a lot or parcel, or combination of lots and parcels, that are to be the subject of the proposed application. The FSD must be prepared at the same scale as the associated plans. There are three types of FSDs described below that are prepared in association with different types of development applications. A site visit by the qualified professional is required for all types of FSDs. The following criteria should be used to determine which FSD type is best suited for the subject application.

5.1.1

Simplified Forest Stand Delineation

A simplified FSD may be submitted when the woodland disturbed will be less than 5,000 square feet or: • A standard or numbered letter of exemption is in the application process.

• A basic plan for the purpose of rezoning a property is being considered.

• An NRI that has no regulated environmental features and limited areas of woodland on-site is being submitted.

The collection of data samples is not required; however, a brief narrative description of the woodlands and a calculation of the amount of woodlands on the site must be provided on the plan.

A separate text document is not required; however, a site visit must be conducted in order to verify information collected from various sources. The plan must accurately locate all existing woodlands on the lot(s) or parcel(s).

The submittal requirements must include the plan elements outlined in this section and all of the information contained in the simplified FSD checklist provided in Appendix B.

5.1.2 Intermediate Forest Stand Delineation An intermediate FSD may be submitted when: • The site does not have an existing tree conservation plan.

• The proposed development will disturb more than 5,000 square feet of woodlands but less than ten percent of the property.

• The site will be established as a woodland conservation bank.

Intermediate FSDs may be submitted as part of an NRI, as determined by the Planning Director or designee per Section 25-123(a)(4)(B).

Intermediate FSDs shall include a plan showing the location of all woodlands on the property and the associated text per the intermediate FSD checklist provided in Appendix B. Intermediate FSDs must contain all of the information required for a simplified FSD for the entire site and text and sampling data for the areas proposed for development. The text may be provided in a separate document, or if space allows, the required information may be placed on the plan itself.

This option is used mainly for permit applications containing a single-family home or other low-intensity uses. An intermediate FSD provides the same information as that required for a detailed FSD, except that the sampling is limited to the portion of the property that will be disturbed and an additional 200 feet beyond the conceptual limit of disturbance. The FSD for the remainder of the property may be prepared as a simplified FSD. The use of the intermediate FSD option is at the discretion of the Planning Director or designee.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-31

5.1.3 Detailed Forest Stand Delineation A detailed FSD shall be submitted when the site or application does not qualify for a simplified or intermediate FSD. A detailed FSD shall include a plan showing all the required information and shall be prepared using the methodology outlined below. A detailed FSD checklist is provided in Appendix B. A detailed FSD is required when: • An NRI will be prepared.

• The site is greater than 40,000 square feet in size with greater than 10,000 square feet of woodlands and does not meet the eligibility for an intermediate FSD.

5.2 FOREST STAND DELINEATION PREPARATION METHODOLOGY The following steps outline the sequential procedure for gathering background information about a site, preparing a base map, evaluating the base map, performing a field evaluation, analyzing the results of the field data, and preparing the final FSD map and report.

Figure B-1. FOREST STAND DELINEATION PREPARATION STEPS

STEP 1 Background Information Collection/Base Map Preparation ȥȥ Research ȥȥ Prepare Base Map ȥȥ Request DNR Letter

STEP 2 Base Map Evaluation ȥȥ Evaluate for Unique Ecological Features ȥȥ Approximate Locations of Sample Plots ȥȥ Approximate Locations of Forest Stands

STEP 4 Analysis of Field Survey Data ȥȥ Analyze Stand Characteristics ȥȥ Evaluate for Priority Areas ȥȥ Assign Retention Priorities ȥȥ Forest Stand Analysis Report

B-32 • Environmental Technical Manual

STEP 1 Field Survey ȥȥ Conduct Sample Plots ȥȥ Create a Field Map

STEP 5 Preparation of the Final FSD for Submission ȥȥ Complete FSD Map using appropriate checklist ȥȥ Complete FSD report

Prince George’s County Planning Department

5.2.1 Step 1: Background Information Collection/Base Map Preparation The base map shall be prepared at the same scale as the proposed development plan and shall sufficiently indicate all of the required features where applicable. The base map is prepared using the data sources found in the introduction to the technical manual. The base map is used to make a preliminary determination of the location of the forest stands on a site before doing any field verification or sampling.

A base map may be used to satisfy the requirements of a simplified FSD. The base map shall include the following (See Map B-6 for a sample base map.): • Property boundaries • Topography • North arrow • Regulated streams and their required buffers • 100-year floodplains • Nontidal or tidal wetlands and their required buffers • Steep slopes • All features such as roads, structures, and disposal areas • Critical habitat areas • Soils (locations of mapping units within each soil series shown on the plan and further identified with k-factor, hydric rating, hydrologic soil group, drainage class, and other classifications useful in determining location of forest stands) • Estimated forest stand boundaries (prefield sampling)

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-33

Map B-6. Sample Base Map

B-34 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

At the time of base map preparation, a letter should be sent to DNR requesting the status of rare, threatened, and endangered species. After DNR researches the subject property, a letter of determination is sent to the property owner or authorized representative. This letter of determination shall be included with the FSD report.

5.2.2 Step 2: Base Map Evaluation Before going out to the field, the base map is used to prepare for the field survey. Aerial photographs, both current and historic, are useful tools in the evaluation of the base map. Historic aerials reveal the past uses of the property.

For example, an abandoned farm field that is now partially wooded would be expected to have pioneer stage successional species composition, while a site whose historic aerials reveal that it has long been wooded would be expected to have a mature forest. Areas of unique ecological character should be noted on the plan before going out to the field, so that sample point locations can be easily selected to ensure that all existing forest stands are sampled. The unique ecological features include: • Slope aspect (north vs. south facing slopes) • Elevation (upland vs. bottomland) • Soils (hydric or highly erodible) • Tree species composition and age (rough estimate from aerial photos) These characteristics can be used to determine probable site conditions and give an approximation of where forest stand boundaries may exist. The approximate stand boundaries should be marked on the base map using these features as a guide. Forest stand boundaries mark a transition from one ecological association to another.

For example, a stand boundary might exist along a contour that differentiates upland forest stand associations from lowland stand associations. Likewise, a stand boundary might exist along a ridgeline that differentiates north facing slope forest stand associations from south facing slope associations. These approximate stand boundaries are used to estimate the sample point locations that will be needed for the field survey. The random placement of proposed sample plots should be put on the base map for use in the field (see Map B-7.). Final locations of sample plots may change or shift during the field survey. Additional sample points may also be required if field conditions warrant additional sampling not previously shown on the base map.

The minimum number of sample plots as required by the state Forest Conservation Technical Manual is as follows: • One plot per four acres of forest stand area • Two plots minimum per stand • Three plots minimum for the total forested area of the site Using these standards, there will always be at least three sample plots for the entire forested area on a site and at least two sample plots for each stand. If there is only one stand on the site and it is less than four acres, it will still require three sample plots to be in conformance with the state standards.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-35

Map B-7. Sample Base Map with Estimated Sample Plots and Estimated Forest Stand Boundaries

B-36 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

5.2.3 Step 3: Field Survey A field evaluation that includes sample points is required for intermediate and detailed FSDs. A simplified FSD does not require sample points, unless additional site verification is deemed necessary as determined by the Planning Director or designee.

5.2.3A GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS

A field evaluation shall be performed to verify the existing features and environmental conditions of the property shown on the base map. This evaluation is used to record sample point data, verify the woodland and trees on-site, and note the location of regenerating areas, hedgerows, specimen trees, and any other significant environmental features. During the field evaluation, notes and sketches of field conditions shall be added to the base map, creating a field map. A copy of the appropriate FSD checklist should be taken out into the field to ensure that all required information is collected.

An additional field evaluation may be deemed necessary to verify the presence or absence of RTE species’ habitats based on the DNR letter of determination that critical habitats exist on-site or by the positive identification of an RTE during the FSD field evaluation. The RTE survey must be performed following standard protocol established by DNR. The timing of the study may be limited to a distinguishing feature of the RTE, such as flowering period or breeding or spawning season. The identification of RTEs is not limited to the wooded areas of the site. The entire site must be evaluated for the possible presence of RTE habitat and/or species.

5.2.3B SAMPLE POINTS AND SAMPLE POINT DATA SHEETS

The state Forest Conservation Technical Manual describes the required data collection for the preparation of an FSD. For the purposes of preparing an FSD, the state manual may be used for the collection of data with regard to the method used. The number of sample plots required is described in the Forest Stand Delineation Preparation Methodology. The random placement of the sample plots is completed during the preparation of the base map. A data sheet is to be filled out for each sample plot to document the species, size class, and canopy dominance for all trees greater than two inches diameter at breast height (DBH). A sample plot data sheet is provided in Appendix B. Alternative sample data sheets may be used as long as all of the required information shown on the sample is provided. Other documented parameters include basal area, size and number of standing dead trees, a list of common understory species, a list of herbaceous species, percent of canopy closure, percent of understory cover, percent of herbaceous cover, percent of downed woody material, percent of invasive cover, and stage of plot succession. Other site information affecting the forest should be noted, such as evidence of past harvesting, storm damage, disease, or insect infestation. Information related to future preservation areas should also be noted, such as the presence of debris piles, dumping areas, and/or any non-natural debris that should be removed before construction. These areas should also be shown on the FSD map.

Sample point data is to be collected by both a fixed plot sampling method and the variable plot wedge prism or angle gauge method.

Sample plots 1/10th of an acre in size are typically used; however, sample plots 1/20th of an acre or even 1/100th of an acre may be appropriate in cases where areas of regeneration have created a density that lends to an unreasonable tallying process for a larger sample plot. Other sampling methods may be used as long as those methods yield realistic data, and the information provided is statistically viable. The information to be reported must be converted to sample plots using 1/10th acre in size. When alternative methods are used, the preparer must describe the method in the text and clearly state why this alternative method was used. Sample point data sheets are required to be submitted as part of the FSD text.

The center of all sample points must be identified in the field by survey flagging labeled with the corresponding sample point number. The flagging may be placed around a tree at the center of a plot or by using a wooden stake with flagging. The stake and/or flagging should remain in place after the FSD preparation for future reference in the field.

The 1/10th-acre “fixed plot” sampling method involves establishing a circle with a 37.5-foot radius around each fixed sample point. Within this circle, trees greater than two inches DBH are identified, measured, and recorded. A list of the common understory species 3 to 20 feet in height and a list of the herbaceous species up to three feet in height within the circle are also recorded. (See Figure B-2.)

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-37

The variable plot wedge prism or angle gauge sampling method makes use of a wedge prism or angle gauge with a predetermined basal area factor (BAF) rating. The wedge prism and angle gauge are tools traditionally used for sampling random points while cruising for timber; however, these tools are also effective for determining basal area associated with fixed plots.

Once all of the sample data have been collected in the field and the data sheets have been completed, they are used to classify each forest stand. Dominant/co-dominant species, average DBH, and the makeup of the understory and herbaceous layers are summarized.

Figure B-2. 1/10th-acre Fixed Plot Sampling Method

To measure cover: Estimates of canopy closure are becoming increasingly important in forest management. Several techniques have been used to estimate canopy closure, including the densimeter and ocular estimates using a crown density scale.

The crown density scale produces a more accurate estimation of cover and is the recommended method. (See Crown Density Scale, Appendix B.) Basal area should be measured as a total for all species using a BAF wedge prism or an angle gauge at the center of all sample points. A Biltmore stick or diameter tape may be used to measure the diameter of all trees within the sample plot. Please note that, if a Biltmore stick or diameter tape is used, it is important that each individual tree be measured within the plot because using a general size class will give an inaccurate measurement of basal area.

B-38 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

5.2.3C SPECIMEN, CHAMPION, AND HISTORIC TREES

Specimen trees are defined in the WCO as trees having a diameter at breast height of 30 inches or more; trees having 75 percent or more of the diameter at breast height of the current champion of that species; or a particularly impressive or unusual example of a species due to its size, shape, age, or any other trait that epitomizes the character of the species. Champion tree lists are maintained at the national, state, and local levels.

The Champion Tree List for Prince George’s County is maintained and updated by the Department of Parks and Recreation and may be accessed by going to the link provided in data sources in Appendix—Introduction.

Historic trees are defined by COMAR Subtitle 5, Section 5-1607, C(4) as trees that are part of a registered historic site or are associated with a registered historic structure.

The entire site must be walked to ensure that all existing specimen, champion, and historic trees have been flagged, recorded, and mapped. Required tree information includes the species, DBH, and condition. The condition comments column is used to provide information regarding the condition rating given to a particular tree.

Possible condition ratings are provided in Table B-12 (below). The last column of the table contains the condition ratings that result from using methods presented in The Guide to Plant Appraisal prepared by the Council of Tree & Landscape Appraisers and published by the International Society of Arboriculture.

Table B-12. Specimen, Champion, and Historic Tree Rating Guide Rating

Conditions That May Warrant This Rating

Appraisal Guide Ratings

EXCELLENT

Exceptionally healthy condition based on observations of leaf, stems, and trunk. Form and habit exceptional or typical of species. Live growth or buds to the terminal ends of branches. Normal leaf size, distribution, and color.

Trunk in excellent condition with form typical of species. No disturbances to the root zone or the root zone has been formed over a period of years in an urban setting without disturbance.

90-100

GOOD

Generally healthy condition. Form and habit typical of species. Live growth or buds to the terminal ends of branches. Normal leaf size, distribution, and color. Trunk in excellent condition with form typical of species. Little or no disturbances to the root zone or the root zone has been formed over a period of years in an urban setting without disturbance.

80-90

FAIR

Generally healthy condition, with some minor problems noted. Form and habit typical of species or with some deviations that may impair future preservation. Live growth or buds to the terminal ends of branches. Leaf size, distribution, and/or color atypical of species. Trunk condition impaired by a structural defect. Limited areas of disturbance to the root zone or the root zone has been formed over a period of years in an urban setting with some minor disturbances.

70-80

POOR

Generally poor condition, with some major problems noted. Live growth or buds not present on the terminal ends of branches. Leaf size, distribution, and/or color atypical of species. Trunk condition impaired by one or more structural defects. Extensive areas of disturbance to the root zone or the root zone has been formed over a period of years in an urban setting with some major disturbances.

Less than 70

The location of all specimen, champion, and historic trees can be field located preliminarily; however, at the time of TCP2 preparation and final site design, all specimen, champion, and historic trees inside the limit of disturbance (LOD) and any specimen, champion, and historic trees located outside the LOD within 100 feet of the LOD, MUST be survey located to ensure that they relate spatially to the development being proposed. The following note must be added to the TCP2: “All specimen, champion, and historic trees inside the LOD and outside the LOD within 100 feet of the LOD have been survey located.”

There are three different types of specimen, champion, and historic tree tables. For FSDs and NRIs, the tree table shall contain the columns as shown in Table B-13. For TCP1s, the tree table must also include a column stating the disposition of the trees as shown in Table B-14. For TCP2s, an additional column is required to describe the treatments for trees to be preserved. A sample of this table is provided in Table B-15.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-39

Table B-13. Sample FSD and NRI Specimen, Champion and Historic Tree Table NUMBER 1

COMMON NAME Red Maple

SCIENTIFIC NAME Acer rubrum

DBH (INCHES)

CONDITION RATING

38

Good

CONDITION COMMENTS

2

Red Maple

Acer rubrum

40

Poor

Storm damage

3

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

40

Poor

Lightning strike Some breakage

4

White Oak

Quercus alba

31

Fair

5

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Good

6

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Good

7

White Oak

Quercus alba

32

Good

8

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Fair

9

White Oak

Quercus alba

31

Good

Chestnut Oak

Quercus prinus

32

Fair

10

Powdery mildew; atypical form Some breakage

Note: All specimen, champion, and historic trees were field located.

Table B-14. Sample TCP1 Specimen, Champion, and Historic Tree Table NUMBER

COMMON NAME

SCIENTIFIC NAME

DBH (INCHES)

CONDITION RATING

CONDITION COMMENTS

DISPOSITION

1

Red Maple

Acer rubrum

38

Good

Save

2

Red Maple

Acer rubrum

40

Poor

Storm damage

Remove

3

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

40

Poor

Lightning strike

Remove

4

White Oak

Quercus alba

31

Fair

Some breakage

Save

5

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Good

Save

6

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Good

Save

7

White Oak

Quercus alba

32

Good

Save

8

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Fair

9

White Oak

Quercus alba

31

Good

10

Chestnut Oak

Quercus prinus

32

Fair

Powdery mildew; atypical form

Save Save

Some breakage

Save

Note: All specimen, champion and historic trees were field located.

The “Disposition” column is used on Type 1 and Type 2 TCPs but is not needed for the FSD or NRI.

B-40 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table B-15. Sample TCP2 Specimen, Champion, and Historic Tree Table NUMBER

COMMON NAME

SCIENTIFIC NAME

DBH (INCHES)

CONDITION RATING

CONDITION COMMENTS

DISPOSITION Save

PRESERVATION COMMENTS

1

Red Maple

Acer rubrum

38

Good

2

Red Maple

Acer rubrum

40

Poor

Storm damage

Remove

3

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

40

Poor

Lightning strike

Remove

4

White Oak

Quercus alba

31

Fair

Some breakage

Save

Crown thin to remove breakage

5

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Good

Save

Root prune and fertilize

6

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Good

Save

Root prune and fertilize

7

White Oak

Quercus alba

32

Good

Save

Root prune and fertilize

8

Yellow Poplar

Liriodendron tulipifera

31

Fair

Save

Root prune and fertilize

9

White Oak

Quercus alba

31

Good

Save

Root prune and fertilize

10

Chestnut Oak

Quercus prinus

32

Fair

Save

Crown thin to remove breakage

Powdery mildew; atypical form

Some breakage

Root Prune and Fertilize

Note: All specimen, champion and historic trees within 100 feet of the LOD have been survey located.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-41

Figure B-3. Example of Specimen Tree and Critical Root Zone (CRZ)

Source: Adapted from Fairfax County, Virginia, Public Facilities Manual.

B-42 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

5.2.4 Step 4: Analysis of Field Survey Data The objective of this step is to first evaluate the existing resources on the site and then to determine which woodlands contain the most valuable areas for preservation. A forest analysis is completed for each forest stand using the individual data sheets and the forest stand summary sheets as described in this section. The forest analysis worksheet as provided in Appendix B shall be completed for each forest stand. The worksheet uses the information from the individual data sheets and forest stand summary sheets to evaluate the forest structure, condition, and the location of regulated features for each forest stand to determine the priorities for retention and restoration. The individual data collected at each sample plot is combined and averaged to give an accurate report of the stand. The analysis of each forest stand shall be summarized in a written narrative and included in the FSD report. A forest analysis worksheet for each stand must also be included in the report. This evaluation is used by the site designers and engineers to prepare the site layout and the subsequent tree conservation plan.

5.2.4A SUMMARY OF STAND CHARACTERISTICS AND FOREST STAND SUMMARY SHEETS

A Forest Stand Summary Sheet shall be completed for each forest stand. All of the individual data sheets completed within a forest stand are combined and averaged for all information recorded. For example, if six (6) sample plots are taken in the forest stand, the data is added together from each individual data sheet and divided by six for an average. Along with the individual data sheets, the forest stand summary sheets are required to be submitted as part of the FSD report. The Forest Stand Summary Sheet is provided in Appendix B. 5.2.4B

ANALYSIS OF STAND CHARACTERISTICS

Forest stands should be evaluated based on stand composition, structure, condition, and function for each individual stand.

Stand composition: Species diversity is a major component in the evaluation of stand composition. Higher species diversity results in more sustainable forests, while low species diversity usually indicates poor environmental conditions or stands experiencing transition, which can be associated with recent site disturbance, poor soils, drought, etc. The dominant and co-dominant species, common understory species, herbaceous species, specimen trees, and the presence or absence of invasive species within each stand, encompass the stand composition.

Stand composition is considered site-specific, and any unique conditions are summarized and considered when assigning retention priority.

Stand structure: Stand structure is measured by basal area, density, canopy closure, and the presence or absence of multiple layers.

Stand condition: Stand condition is characterized by density and basal area, understory species, successional stage, presence or absence of invasive species, insect infestation and/or disease. Stand condition is indicative of the health of the forest and is an important factor for assigning retention priority and evaluating potential preservation methods. Successional stages to be used include pioneer, early successional, midsuccessional, subclimax, and climax.

Stand function: Stand function is characterized by stand composition, structure, and condition as they pertain to maintaining or enhancing existing water quality protection, maintaining or enhancing wildlife habitat, accomplishing landowner uses, and implementing the priorities for conservation defined in Subtitle 25-121.

5.2.4C ASSIGNING CONSERVATION PRIORITIES

Priority areas include features for preservation and areas that are a high priority for replanting as outlined in the WCO. The following section describes how priorities are assigned to existing forest stands. Forest stands are prioritized for preservation based on the completed forest analysis worksheet. The FSD text must include a description of what elements are present that resulted in the priority assigned to each stand. In some cases, only a portion of a stand may contain an element that results in a certain priority rating; however, if, for example, an area contains only one specimen tree and otherwise would be a Priority 3 stand, the presence of the one specimen tree does not necessarily result in an automatic rating of Priority 1.

Best judgment should be used by the preparer in assigning priorities that reflect the overall character of the stand.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-43

The following characteristics are used to assign stand priorities: Priority 1 Land designated in Subtitle 25 as woodland and wildlife habitat conservation priorities, whether the area is currently wooded or not.

1. Green infrastructure network elements designated in the Countywide Green Infrastructure Plan and any subsequent updates or within the designated green infrastructure networks in master or sector plans.

2. Critical habitat areas.

3. Contiguous wooded areas with high structural and species diversity, few nonnative and invasive species present, very good overall stand health, and high potential to provide a significant amount of habitat for forest interior dwelling plant, animal, and bird species.

4. Champion trees designated by the United States, the State of Maryland, the County, or municipalities.

5. Specimen, champion, and historic trees.

6. Forest legacy areas as defined by the state.

7. Trees that are within the environmental setting of a historic site or associated with a historic resource.

Priority 1 areas may also include: 8. Primary management areas not within the green infrastructure network 9. 100-year floodplain 10. Wetlands and their buffers 11. Regulated streams and their buffers 12. Extensive areas of steep slopes 13. Hydric and highly erodible soils 14. FIDS habitat Priority 2 Areas that contain locally significant features including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Woodlands adjacent to Priority 1 woodlands 2. Areas of Marlboro and/or Christiana complex 3. Land adjacent to special roadways and their associated buffers Priority 3 All other areas on the property are ranked as Priority 3.

In addition to the three priorities listed above, the forest analysis worksheet, provided in Appendix B, provides the framework for determining preservation and restoration priorities based on the composition, structure, condition, function, and location of each stand. The worksheet is required to be provided on the FSD or NRI when sampling points are used to determine the priority for preservation or restoration. Restoration can include the replanting of areas currently devoid of woodlands, areas with low stocking levels, or areas that contain high percentages of invasive plants. The total number of points possible for the stand analysis is 60.

B-44 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Table B-16. Assigning Priorities for Preservation Priority for Preservation

Guidelines for Priority Designation

HIGH

Location in Priority 1 areas regardless of structure or condition (see below) or more than 15 points in either structure or condition or total stand analysis points of 45 or greater.

MEDIUM

Location in a Priority 2 area or 12-15 points in structure and condition or total stand analysis of 30 or greater.

LOW

Location in a Priority 3 area or less than 12 points in structure or condition or total stand analysis less than 30.

Table B-17. Assigning Priorities for Restoration Priority for Preservation

Guidelines for Priority Designation

HIGH

Location in a Priority 1 area

MEDIUM

Location in a Priority 2 area

LOW

Location in a Priority 3 area

Once the preservation and restoration priorities have been established, a priority area inset map is created. This map is to be located on the final FSD and should depict the assigned priority areas. (See Map B-8.)

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-45

Map B-8. Example of Priority Area Inset Map

B-46 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

5.2.4D FOREST STAND ANALYSIS REPORT

From the forest stand summary and analysis information, a narrative is written. The narrative begins with a brief introduction describing overall site conditions. The introduction is then followed by a description of the forest association or species composition and condition, any past or present management, presence or absence of critical habitat areas, disease, insects, or invasive plant species on the site. A statement regarding the presence of any historic sites and/or scenic or historic roads should also be included. A suggested format for the FSD report is provided in Appendix B.

5.2.5 Step 5: Preparation of the Final Forest Stand Delineation for Submission A complete FSD comprises an FSD map and an FSD report. The FSD map contains all of the information contained in the appropriate checklist and all of the information gathered during the site visit. The final FSD report provides a written description for all of the information shown on the plan and includes all applicable data sheets and any determination letters received by DNR regarding rare, threatened, or endangered species existing on the site.

The FSD submission MUST INCLUDE both the FSD map and FSD report for acceptance.

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • B-47

B-48 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Part C

Preservation, Restoration, and Enhancement of Regulated Environmental Features

1.0 INTRODUCTION Regulated environmental features in Prince George’s County include the following features as defined in Subtitle 24, the Subdivision Ordinance.

Regulated Environmental Features: Regulated streams, nontidal wetlands, and their associated buffers.

Regulated Stream: Streams that have water flowing year-round during a typical year and streams that have water flowing during certain times of the year when groundwater provides for stream flow. Water flow can be identified by a defined channel and movement of leaf litter and debris by the movement of water. During dry periods some regulated streams may not have flowing water. This definition includes “perennial” and “intermittent” streams.

Streams that only have water flowing during, or for a short duration after, precipitation events in a typical year are “ephemeral” streams and are not regulated. The use of the term “stream” in this or other sections of the County Code shall refer to a regulated stream, unless the provisions of that section define a stream otherwise.

Primary Management Area: A vegetated buffer preserved or restored along all regulated streams outside the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zones, which at a minimum includes: 1. All regulated streams and associated minimum stream buffers.

2. The 100-year floodplain as defined by Section 27-124.01.

3. All wetlands and associated wetland buffers that are adjacent to the regulated stream, stream buffer, or the 100-year floodplain.

4. All areas having slopes of 15 percent or greater adjacent to the regulated stream or stream buffer, the 100year floodplain, or adjacent wetlands or wetland buffers.

5. Adjacent critical habitat areas.

Nontidal Wetland: An area which: 1. Is inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support and, under normal circumstances, supports a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.

2. Is identified as a “wetland” in accordance with the federal manual.

Wetland Buffer: Where a wetland or a portion of a property containing a wetland is located outside the Chesapeake Bay Critical Areas Overlay Zones, a minimum of 25 feet in width measured from the edge of the wetland and expanded to 100 feet in width due to the presence of steep slopes 15 percent or greater, highly erodible soils, other soils with development constraints, or the presence of nontidal wetlands of special state concern as defined by COMAR. These areas are required to be survey located and shown on engineered drawings. Refer to other parts of the technical manual for the provisions regarding how these areas are to be depicted on the plans.

The protection, restoration, and enhancement of these features are vital to the long-term health of County citizens. These features provide extensive social and economic benefits to both the natural and built environments. Known as “ecosystem services,” the benefits of their conservation cannot be overstated. For example, currently, the County’s woodlands provide an estimated $1.4 billion of cost savings annually with regard to stormwater management.

C-2 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

2.0 Regulations Regarding Impacts to Regulated Environmental Features Streams and nontidal wetlands and their associated buffers, and isolated nontidal wetlands and their associated buffers (collectively referred to as “regulated environmental features”), are required by the Zoning Ordinance and the Subdivision Ordinance to be preserved in, or restored to, a natural state to the fullest extent possible.

The determination of “fullest extent possible” is a three-step process that starts with avoidance of impacts. Then, if the impacts are unavoidable and necessary to the overall development of the site (as defined below), the impacts must be minimized. In the third step, if the cumulative, minimized impacts are above the designated threshold, then mitigation is required for the impacts proposed.

Necessary impacts are those that are directly attributable to infrastructure required for the reasonable use and orderly and efficient development of the subject property or are those that are required by County Code for reasons of health, safety, or welfare. Necessary impacts include, but are not limited to, adequate sanitary sewerage lines and water lines, road crossings for required street connections, and outfalls for stormwater management facilities. Road crossings of streams and/or wetlands may be appropriate if placed at the location of an existing crossing or at the point of least impact to the regulated environmental features.

Stormwater management outfalls may also be considered necessary impacts if the site has been designed to place the outfall at a point of least impact.

The types of impacts that can be avoided include those for site grading, building placement, parking, stormwater management facilities (not including outfalls), and road crossings where reasonable alternatives exist. The cumulative impacts for the development of a property should be the fewest necessary and sufficient to reasonably develop the site in conformance with County Code.

Where properties are located in the Developed Tier or a designated center or corridor, impacts to regulated environmental features may be considered where needed to accommodate planned development on constrained sites. Such impacts may include allowing impervious surfaces to remain within the buffer or the placement of structures within a currently unvegetated buffer. Preservation of existing vegetated buffers will be a priority.

Where regulated environmental features are not currently in a natural state, they are to be restored through replanting of native vegetation, restoration of the natural hydrology, and stabilization of the stream bed and banks.

Isolated nontidal wetlands and their associated buffers are also required to be preserved in and/or restored to a natural state to the fullest extent possible. Impacts to isolated nontidal wetlands will be evaluated on a case-bycase basis. High-quality wetlands that provide an infiltration function shall be preserved and, as determined by the Department of Public Works and Transportation, integrated into the site design as part of the stormwater management concept.

The proper sequence for preparing a design for a site that has regulated environmental features is as follows: (1) avoidance, (2) minimization, and (3) mitigation (if the threshold is met). This sequence will be used to evaluate the appropriateness of the proposed impacts during the review of applications that contain impacts to regulated environmental features.

1. AVOIDANCE: Can the impacts be avoided by another design? Are the road crossings as shown necessary for the reasonable development of the property? Is it necessary to place the utilities within the boundaries of the regulated environmental features?

When designing a site, the first step is to prepare a natural resource inventory (NRI) to determine the locations of regulated environmental features. The NRI is then used as the base map to start laying out the proposed development. The next step is to prepare a draft plan that shows no impacts to regulated environmental features.

If this design does not result in a development plan that allows for the reasonable use and orderly and efficient development of the subject property, or does not adequately provide for the health, safety, and welfare of County citizens, then impacts can be considered.

Part C: Preservation, Restoration and Enhancement of Regulated Environmental Features • C-3

2. MINIMIZATION: Have the impacts been minimized? Are road crossings placed at the point of least impact? Are the utilities placed in locations where they can be paired or grouped to reduce the number of different locations of impacts? Are there alternative designs that could reduce the proposed impacts?

Minimization of impacts to regulated environmental features may include placing a road crossing or utility at the narrowest point of the PMA; the use of retaining walls instead of extending the grading; bridging instead of constructing a culvert; placing required infrastructure elements together in one location instead of placing each one individually; and, where appropriate, obtaining waivers from County Code with regard to required side slopes or road cross-sections as appropriate and as approved by the regulating agency.

Temporary impacts to regulated environmental features may be necessary for certain temporary erosion and sediment controls that cannot be designed in any other way. These impacts may be supported if the area is restored. All erosion and sediment control structures, such as ponds and collecting basins, shall be placed outside regulated environmental features. Temporary impacts and the proposed restoration must be shown on the associated tree conservation plan.

3. MITIGATION: For areas of significant impacts, has a mitigation package been proposed to provide an equal or better trade-off for the impacts proposed?

“Mitigation” means the design and installation of measures to enhance, restore, or stabilize existing environmentally degraded streams and/or wetlands to compensate for proposed impacts. Mitigation shall be required for significant impacts to regulated streams, wetlands, and 100-year floodplains. Significant impacts are defined as the cumulative impacts that result in the disturbance on one site of 200 or more linear feet of stream beds or one-half acre of wetland and wetland buffer area. Stream or wetland restoration, wetland creation, or retrofitting of existing stormwater management facilities that are not required by some other section of County Code may be considered credit as mitigation. The amount and type of mitigation shall be at least generally equivalent to, or a greater benefit than, the total of all impacts proposed, as determined by the Planning Board.

Priority shall first be given to mitigation within the impacted stream system. If the mitigation cannot be done on-site, mitigation should be focused in the following areas, in the stated order of priority: within the drainage area, subwatershed, watershed, or river basin in Prince George’s County.

3.0 Mitigation Opportunities and Sources Between 2006 and 2009, almost half of the existing streams have been walked, and stream corridor assessments have been conducted. During the coming years, the remainder of the existing streams will be walked and assessed. The stream corridor assessments are being prepared using the Maryland Department of Natural Resources protocol.

The assessments are simply visual and do not provide proposed mitigation measures to restore the degraded conditions that are noted. The assessments that have been completed have been compiled into a database so that, as development proposals are analyzed, restoration opportunities on the existing streams can be more fully explored.

As noted above, if mitigation is required for proposed impacts, the countywide database of mitigation sites should be used as a starting point of identified sites. Applicants will be requested to conduct field assessments of the current conditions of the affected stream systems and propose mitigation packages.

The Maryland Department of the Environment approves state wetland mitigation banks where credits can be secured for wetland impacts. County mitigation banks are also an option and can be created in coordination with M-NCPPC staff.

Other opportunities for mitigation sites include land owned by the Department of Parks and Recreation (DPR), land trusts, and other nongovernmental organizations. As the owner of many stream valley parks, DPR manages many of the larger stream systems in the County. There may be opportunities to access parkland to provide much needed restoration. Land trusts and other nongovernmental organizations, such as the Anacostia Watershed Society, Potomac Conservancy, and the Riverkeepers, should be contacted as needed to identify areas in need of restoration.

C-4 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Part D

Guidelines for Tree Canopy Coverage

1.0 INTRODUCTION The Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance (WCO) provides for the protection and enhancement of existing woodlands and provides for the planting of tree and forest cover. However, there are sites that are exempt from meeting these requirements, and there are sites where it is not possible to meet the requirements on-site. These sites could benefit greatly from the strategic planting of trees to provide meaningful areas of tree canopy coverage as part of the overall design.

The planting of trees provides many benefits to communities. Trees reduce overall temperatures, especially where they are planted to shade hard surfaces, such as parking lots, roofs, and siding. Studies have shown that the net cooling effect of a young, healthy tree is equivalent to 10 room-size air conditioners operating 20 hours a day. They take in a gas that at high concentrations can be lethal to humans (carbon dioxide) and release oxygen. One acre of trees removes up to 2.6 tons of carbon dioxide per year. Preserving trees and providing tree canopies not only results in cleaner air but also in increased property values and reduced energy costs.

Tree canopies provide many other benefits too, the most important of which are intercepting rainwater so it can be absorbed more slowly and absorbing and transpiring excess rainwater. Studies have shown that tree canopies in urban settings provide millions of dollars worth of stormwater management benefits. The preservation and enhancement of tree canopy coverage is one of the tools being emphasized for the restoration of the Chesapeake Bay. In December 2003, the Chesapeake Executive Council signed a Riparian Forest Buffer Directive that included setting goals for tree canopies in urban areas in order to protect the Chesapeake Bay from the pollutants in urban runoff.

In order to ensure sustainable and livable communities for future generations, the 2005 General Plan set forest and tree cover goals for 2025 as follows: Developed Tier: Developing Tier: Rural Tier: Countywide

26 percent (maintains the 2000 coverage percentage) 38 percent (a reduction from the 2000 figure of 41 percent) 60 percent (an increase from the 2000 figure of 59 percent) 44 percent (a slight decrease from the 2000 figure of 45 percent)

In order to reach these goals, the Countywide Green Infrastructure Plan contains recommendations regarding needed changes to the associated ordinances. The addition of a tree canopy coverage requirement was not explored at that time, but it is an appropriate strategy to assist in reaching the 2025 tree and forest canopy coverage goals of the general plan.

For most development projects, the tree canopy coverage requirement will not result in additional tree planting because it will be met using the areas provided for woodland conservation. The types of projects that will benefit the most from this requirement are the sites that need the tree canopy the most: dense development and redevelopment projects where strategic tree planting can turn uninhabitable outdoor spaces into urban oases for relaxation and protection from the sun.

D-2 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

2.0 Overview of Tree Canopy Coverage Tree canopy is defined in Subtitle 25 as follows:

“Tree canopy: The land area under the dripline of an existing tree or group of trees or the amount of credit provided for planting trees of a certain species and certain size at time of planting in conformance with the worksheet provided in ‘The Technical Manual.’”

Tree canopy coverage is defined as:

“Tree canopy coverage: The combined area measured in square feet of the tree canopies of existing trees and trees planted in conformance with this Division and “The Technical Manual.” Tree canopy coverage requirements are measured using a percentage of the gross tract area.”

To visualize tree canopy coverage, imagine the amount of shade a tree will cast at noon on a sunny day when viewed from above. The shadow of the tree would then be measured in square footage to determine how much tree canopy is provided by that tree.

Figure D-1. Calculating Tree Canopy Area for Single Tree

To meet the requirements for tree canopy coverage, the existing and proposed amounts of tree canopy coverage must be measured.

To be eligible to meet the tree canopy coverage requirements, planting areas must be designed to provide the maximum allowable rooting zone.

Trees should be planted in appropriate locations based on each species’ cultural tolerances to be eligible to meet the tree canopy coverage requirements. For example, a dogwood planted in a parking lot island in full sun would not be eligible to meet the requirements because dogwoods prefer partial to full shade in order to thrive. In another example, if an evergreen tree, such as a white pine, is proposed to be planted in a narrow space between a fence and a parking lot curb, it could not be given credit because, due to its low branching and wide form, it will outgrow the available area quickly.

Part D: Guidelines for Tree Canopy Coverage • D-3

3.0 Applicability of the Tree Canopy Requirements The tree canopy requirements contained in the WCO apply to all types of applications that require a tree conservation plan or letter of exemption; in other words, all applications requiring a grading permit.

Existing woodlands and landscape and street trees may be counted toward meeting the tree canopy coverage requirement. While the woodland conservation requirements may be met on-site or off-site, the tree canopy coverage requirement must be met on-site, unless a variance has been approved to either allow a reduction in the requirement or to allow the meeting of the requirement through some other method. All woodlands and landscape trees may be counted toward meeting the tree canopy coverage requirements even if they are used to meet the requirements of the WCO or the Landscape Manual.

If the only application to be submitted is a grading permit, then the tree canopy coverage notes must be placed on the grading plan. Refer to the scenarios in Appendix D for more information regarding how each type of application is to be handled.

Table D-1. Tree Canopy Requirements by Zone Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage*

Zone R-O-S, O-S, R-A

Exempt

R-E, R-L, V-L

20%

R-S, R-R, R-80, R-55, R-35, R-20, R-T, R-30, R-30C, R-18, R-18C, R-10, R-10A, R-H, R-U, R-M, R-M-H, V-M

15%

C-A, C-O, C-S-C, C-1, C-C, C-G, C-2, C-W, C-M, C-H, C-R-C, I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, E-I-A, L-A-C, M-X-C, M-U-I, M-U-TC, M-X-T, M-A-C, U-L-I

10%

*Percentage of gross tract area

4.0 Tree Canopy Coverage Calculation Methodology 4.1 STEP 1: CALCULATING THE AMOUNT REQUIRED To calculate the requirement for a site, the gross tract area is multiplied by the percentage required based on the zone as shown in Table D-1. For a 2.55-acre site in the R-R Zone, the requirement would be calculated as follows: 2.55-acre site (gross tract area) x 15% = 0.38 acres or 16,662 square feet of tree canopy coverage required

D-4 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

4.2 STEP 2: MEASURING THE WOODLANDS AND TREE COVER TO BE PRESERVED The proper method for calculating the amount of tree coverage provided depends on the types of vegetation to be used to meet the requirement. Any of the following methods can be used alone or in combination to meet the requirement for a particular site.

Woodland conservation: If the site is providing sufficient woodland conservation on-site to also meet the tree canopy coverage requirement, the following notation shall be placed below the woodland conservation worksheet on the tree conservation plan: Note: The tree canopy coverage requirement on this site has been met using woodland conservation on-site as follows: Tree canopy coverage required: 0.38 acres or 16,553 square feet (2.55 acres x 15%) Total tree canopy coverage provided using woodland conservation: 0.91 acres (the 0.91-acre figure will be shown on the “Total Woodland Conservation Provided” line on the woodland conservation worksheet).

Existing wooded areas or large trees: For existing wooded areas or trees larger than 6 inches in diameter measured 12 inches above the ground, the existing tree canopy coverage is used (see Figure D-2). For example, a 10-inch diameter tree might provide an area of canopy coverage that is 400 square feet in area, based on aerial photo observations or ground measurements. Tree canopies for existing woodlands and trees are measured from the edges of the outermost branches.

In this case, the plan must be marked to note which woodland areas or large trees are being preserved to be counted toward meeting the requirements, and a tree canopy coverage worksheet must be added. If the information cannot be displayed legibly on the tree conservation plan, then a separate sheet illustrating how the tree canopy coverage requirements are being met must be added. The tree canopy coverage worksheet should be placed on this separate sheet if one is provided.

Areas proposed for afforestation/reforestation: These areas are measured based on their square footage. The amount credited toward meeting the requirement is the same as the area afforested or reforested. In this case, the plan must be marked to note which afforestation/reforestation areas are being planted to be counted toward meeting the requirements. If this is the sole method being used, a note on the plan is sufficient. If landscape trees are used in combination, then a tree canopy coverage worksheet must be included on the associated plan.

Landscape trees: Trees smaller than 6 inches in diameter, 12 inches above the ground, are measured using their potential future canopy coverage in ten years, according to the chart shown in the worksheet provided in Appendix D.

Part D: Guidelines for Tree Canopy Coverage • D-5

Figure D-2. Calculating Tree Canopy Area for Group of Trees

4.3 STEP 3: CALCULATING THE AMOUNT PROVIDED As noted above, if existing woodlands are used exclusively. Then, all that is needed on the plans is a note under the woodland conservation worksheet.

If woodlands are used and proposed landscape trees are used to meet the tree canopy coverage requirement, then a tree canopy worksheet must be provided on the associated plan.

If proposed landscape trees are used exclusively to meet the tree canopy coverage requirement and there is no TCP2 to show the calculations, then a tree canopy worksheet must be provided on the associated plan.

When calculating the amount provided, the acreages of the woodlands and landscape trees used to meet the requirement are added, and the amount provided must at least equal the amount required.

D-6 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Part E

Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Conservation Plan

E-2 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

(To be added when completed.)

Part B: Preparation of a Natural Resource Inventory • E-3

E-4 • Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendices

Index of Appendices APPENDIX: Introduction Intro-1. Standard Sheet Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix Intro-2 Intro-2. Standard Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix Intro-3 Intro-3. General Information Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix Intro-4 Intro-4. Index of Data Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix Intro-5

APPENDIX A: Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation—Tree Conservation Plans (TCP) TCP-1. Type 1 Tree Conservation Plan Preparation and Review Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2 TCP-2. Standard Type 1 Tree Conservation Plan Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-5 TCP-3. Construction Tolerance Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-7 TCP-4. Basic Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet (Blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-10 TCP-5. Basic Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet (Example Property) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-11 TCP-6. Guidelines for the Completion of the Prince George’s County Woodland Conservation Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-12 TCP-7. Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George’s County Government Projects (Blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-16 TCP-8. Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George’s County Government Projects (Example Property) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-17 TCP-9. Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Phased Projects (Blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-18 TCP-10. Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Phased Projects (Example Property) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-19 TCP-11. Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Single Lot TCP2 with Previously Approved TCP1 (Blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-20 TCP-12. Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Single Lot TCP2 with Previously Approved TCP1 (Example Property) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-21 TCP-13. Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Preparation and Review Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-22 TCP-14. Standard Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-27 TCP-15. Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Preparation and Review Checklist for Woodland Conservation Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-37 TCP-16. Off-Site Woodland Conservation Bank Summary Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-41 TCP-17. Woodland Preservation Area Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-42 TCP-18. Reforestation Area Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-43 TCP-19. Specimen Tree Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-44 TCP-20. Type 1 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence Detail for Woodland Preservation Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-45 TCP-21. Temporary Fence Protection Detail for Woodland Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-46 TCP-22. Type 2 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence for Reforestation Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-47 TCP-23. Type 3 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence Combination Earth Dike and Tree Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-48 TCP-24. Type 4 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence Combination Silt Fence and Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-49 TCP-25. Permanent (Split Rail) Tree Protection Fence for Reforestation Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-50 TCP-26. Root Pruning Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-51 TCP-27. Tree Pruning Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-52 TCP-28. Planting Distribution Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-53 TCP-29. Tree Planting and Maintenance Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-54 TCP-30. Container Grown and B&B Planting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-55 TCP-31. Handling Bare Root Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-56 TCP-32. Seedling and Whip Planting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-57 TCP-33. Seedling Planting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-58 TCP-34. Tree Staking and Guying Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-59 TCP-35. Site Stocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-60 TCP-36. Property Owners Awareness Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-61 TCP-37. Reforestation Certification Form and Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-62 TCP-38. Environmental Planning Section Approval Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-64 TCP-39. Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-65 TCP-40. Woodland Conservation Exemption Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-66

APPENDIX B: Natural Resources Inventory (NRI) NRI-1. NRI Equivalency Letter Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-2 NRI-2. NRI Plan (Full, Intermediate, Limited, CBCA) Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-3 NRI-3. Combined NRI Equivalency & Numbered Exemption Letters Application (CWP & County Projects Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-4 NRI-4. NRI Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-5 NRI-5. Site Statistics Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-10 NRI-6. NRI Approval Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-11 NRI-7. NRI 1-Year Revalidation Stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-12 NRI-8. NRI General Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-13 NRI-9. Wetland Delineation Study Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-16 NRI-10. How to Prepare a Custom Soils Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-22 NRI-11. CBCA Existing Lot Coverage Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-23 NRI-12. Zoning Lot Coverage Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-24 NRI-13. Standard FSD Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-25 NRI-14. Simplified FSD Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-28 NRI-15. Intermediate FSD Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-29 NRI-16. Detailed FSD Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-31 NRI-17. Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet (Blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-33 NRI-18. Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet (Example Property) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-34 NRI-19. Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet Preparation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-35 NRI-20. Crown Density Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-37 NRI-21. Forest Stand Summary Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-38 NRI-22. Forest Stand Summary Sheet Preparation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-39 NRI-23. Forest Analysis Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-41 NRI-24. Suggested Format for Forest Stand Delineation Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-43 NRI-25. Additional Information Needed for FSD Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-47

APPENDIX C: Preservation, Restoration and Enhancement of Regulated Environmental Features (REF) REF-1. TBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C-3

APPENDIX D: Tree Canopy Coverage (TCC) TCC-1. Calculating Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D-2 TCC-2. Tree Canopy Coverage Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D-4

APPENDIX E: Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA) CBCA-1. TBD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix E-3

Appendix Introduction

Intro-1.Standard Sheet Layout

Appendix Intro-2

Environmental Technical Manual

Intro-2.Standard Symbols

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix Intro-3

Intro-3.General Information Table

General Information Table Š‡ ˆ‘ŽŽ‘™‹Â?‰ ‹Â?ˆ‘”Â?ƒ–‹‘Â? ‹• ”‡“—‹”‡† –‘ „‡ ’Žƒ…‡† ‘Â? ƒ •‡’ƒ”ƒ–‡ ͺšͳͳ •Š‡‡– ‘” ÇŁ ƒǤ „Ǥ …Ǥ †Ǥ

–Š‡ ’”‘’‘•‡† •‹–‡ ’ŽƒÂ? ˆ‘” ÇŚ ƒ’’Ž‹…ƒ–‹‘Â?Ǣ ‘” –Š‡ ’ŽƒÂ? ˆ‘” ƒÂ?› ’ŽƒÂ? ƒ’’Ž‹…ƒ–‹‘Â?Ǣ –Š‡ ›’‡ Íł ”‡‡ ‘Â?•‡”˜ƒ–‹‘Â? ŽƒÂ? Č‹ ÍłČŒ –Š‡ ›’‡ Í´ ”‡‡ ‘Â?•‡”˜ƒ–‹‘Â? ŽƒÂ? Č‹ Í´ČŒ

The information can be found on the PGAtlas.com website. The table below provides the PGAtlas.com category layer, where each specific layer containing the required information can be found.

Table B-1. General Information Table Layer Category Zone Zone Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative Administrative 1

Layer Name Zoning (Zone) Aviation Policy Area (APA) 1 Tax Grid (TMG) WSSC Grid (Sheet 20) Planning Area (Plan Area) Election District (ED) Councilmanic District (CD) General Plan 2002 Tier (Tier)

Value

If the site is within an APA, enter the name of the airport. If the site is not within an APA, enter “N/A�

Appendix Intro-4

Environmental Technical Manual

ÇŚÍľ – ‡Â?‡”ƒŽ Â?ˆ‘”Â?ƒ–‹‘Â? ƒ„Ž‡

Intro-4.Index of Data Resources

INFORMATION

Zoning Plat Approved floodplain delineation

Soil Map/Reports How to prepare a Soils Report Sample Wetland Report Tier II Waters

TMDL/Impaired Waters National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) map, the MDDNR Wetland Guidance Map Wetlands of Special State Concern Stronghold Watershed Sensitive Species Protection Review Area Forest Interior Dwelling Species Habitat Previously approved TCP(s) Scenic and/or Historic Roads Maryland Inventory of Historic Properties National Register Properties: Registered Historic District Historic Sites and Districts Archeological Sites Marlboro clay Christiana Clay Master Planned Road Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone Aviation Policy Area JB Andrews Noise Contours Subtitle 5B (CBCA) allowable lot coverage Subtitle 27 (Zoning) allowable lot coverage

Prince George’s County Planning Department

SOURCE

™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘�

ÂŠÂ–Â–Â’ÇŁČ€Č€Â’ÂŽÂƒÂ–Â•Ç¤Â?Â‡Â–Č€Â’ÂƒÂ‰Â‡Â•Č€Â‹Â?†‡šǤƒ•’š

Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™Ǥ’”‹Â?…‡‰‡‘”‰‡•…‘—Â?–›Â?Â†Ç¤Â‰Â‘Â˜Č€Â•Â‹Â–Â‡Â•Č€ Č€ ‡•‘—”…‡•Ȁ ‘”Â?•Ȁ ‹–‡ Â‘ÂƒÂ†Î¨Í´Í˛ ŽƒÂ?ΨʹͲ Â‡Â˜Â‹Â‡Â™Î¨Í´Í˛ ‘”Â?•Ȁ Ǥ Ž‘‘†’Žƒ‹Â? Â?ˆ‘”Â?ƒ–‹‘Â? ‡“—‡•–̴͚Ǥ ÍłÇ¤ÍłÍˇÇ¤Â’Â†Âˆ ÂŠÂ–Â–Â’ÇŁČ€Č€Â™Â‡Â„Â•Â‘Â‹ÂŽÂ•Â—Â”Â˜Â‡Â›Ç¤Â?Â”Â…Â•Ç¤Â—Â•Â†ÂƒÇ¤Â‰Â‘Â˜Č€ÂƒÂ’Â’Č€ ‘Â?‡ ƒ‰‡ǤŠ–Â?Í“

‡‡ ’’‡Â?†‹š ÇŚÍł ‡‡ ’’‡Â?†‹š ÇŚÍł ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? https://mde.maryland.gov/programs/water/tmdl/waterqualitystandards/ pages/highqualitywatersmap.aspx

https://mdewin64.mde.state.md.us/WSA/IR-TMDL/index.html ÂŠÂ–Â–Â’Â•ÇŁČ€Č€Â™Â™Â™Ç¤ÂˆÂ™Â•Ç¤Â‰Â‘Â˜Č€Â™Â‡Â–ÂŽÂƒÂ?†•Ȁ Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™ǤÂ?†Â?‡”Ž‹Â?ǤÂ?‡–Ȁ Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™ǤÂ?†Â?‡”Ž‹Â?ǤÂ?‡–Ȁ ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â?

™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™ǤÂ?†Â?‡”Ž‹Â?ǤÂ?‡–Ȁ ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™ǤÂ?†Â?‡”Ž‹Â?ǤÂ?‡–Ȁ ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™ǤÂ?†Â?‡”Ž‹Â?ǤÂ?‡–Ȁ Š––’ǣȀȀ†Â?”ʹǤÂ?ƒ”›ŽƒÂ?Â†Ç¤Â‰Â‘Â˜Č€Â™Â‹ÂŽÂ†ÂŽÂ‹ÂˆÂ‡Č€ ÂƒÂ‰Â‡Â•Č€Â’ÂŽÂƒÂ?Â–Â•Ě´Â™Â‹ÂŽÂ†ÂŽÂ‹ÂˆÂ‡Č€Â‡Â•Â’ÂƒÂƒÇ¤ÂƒÂ•Â’Âš ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™ǤÂ?†Â?‡”Ž‹Â?ǤÂ?‡–Ȁ ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? Š––’•ǣȀȀÂ?Š–ǤÂ?ƒ”›ŽƒÂ?Â†Ç¤Â‰Â‘Â˜Č€Â•Â‡Â…Â—Â”Â‡Č€Â?Â‡Â†Â—Â•ÂƒČ€ Š––’•ǣȀȀÂ?Š–ǤÂ?ƒ”›ŽƒÂ?Â†Ç¤Â‰Â‘Â˜Č€Â•Â‡Â…Â—Â”Â‡Č€Â?Â‡Â†Â—Â•ÂƒČ€Ç˘ ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ÇŚ ‹•–‘”‹… ”‡•‡”˜ƒ–‹‘Â? ‡…–‹‘Â? ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ÂŠÂ–Â–Â’ÇŁČ€Č€Â™Â‡Â„Â•Â‘Â‹ÂŽÂ•Â—Â”Â˜Â‡Â›Ç¤Â?Â”Â…Â•Ç¤Â—Â•Â†ÂƒÇ¤Â‰Â‘Â˜Č€ÂƒÂ’Â’Č€ ‘Â?‡ ƒ‰‡ǤŠ–Â?Í“ ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? Š––’ǣȀȀ™™™ǤÂ?†Â?‡”Ž‹Â?ǤÂ?‡–Ȁ Š––’ǣȀȀ™‡„Â?ÂƒÂ’Â•Ç¤Â‡Â•Â”Â‰Â…Ç¤Â‘Â”Â‰Č€Â…Â„Â…ÂƒČ€Â†Â‡Â•Â?–‘’Ȁ ƒ’ ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ™™™Ǥ –Žƒ•Ǥ…‘Â? ͡ ÇŚÍłÍłÍľČ‹Â‡ČŒČ‹ÍśČŒ ˆ‘” ÇŚ ÇŚ ͡ ÇŚÍłÍłÍśČ‹Â‡ČŒČ‹ÍşČŒ ˆ‘” ÇŚ ÇŚ ͡ ÇŚÍłÍłÍˇČ‹Â‡ČŒČ‹ÍłÍ˛ČŒ ˆ‘” ÇŚ ÇŚ Í´ÍšÇŚÍśÍśÍ´Č‹Â…ČŒ

Appendix Intro-5

Appendix Intro-6

Environmental Technical Manual

Appendix A

Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation— Tree Conservation Plans (TCP)

TCP-1.Type 1 Tree Conservation Plan Preparation and Review Checklist

TYPE 1 TREE CONSERVATION PLAN PREPARATION AND REVIEW CHECKLIST The TCP 1 is required to be included for a Preliminary Plan of Subdivision, Conceptual Site Plan, Comprehensive Design Plan, and other Conceptual Plans. The TCP1 provides conceptual approaches for retaining and protecting existing woodland and any regulated environmental features which were designated on an NRI. The TCP1 must include the entire area of the site and use the standard line types and symbols as provided in the Environmental Technical Manual. Refer to Section 6.0 of Part A of the Environmental Technical Manual for more information.

All lines on the checklist must either be checked or marked as “N/A” for not applicable. Use N/A for features that do not exist on or adjacent to the subject property. If a feature is not shown, provide a comment regarding why that feature is not shown.

Site/Project Name: ___________________________________

Date: _________________________

Associated Plan: __________________ Prepared by:

___________________________________ Typed name

____________________________________ Signature

_______________________________ Phone

____________________________________ e-mail address

A. General Information Information Type

Included Comment Y/N

Vicinity map, north arrow, scale (at the same scale as the associated plan, but no greater than 1" = 100') Legend or Key to all symbols, shading, and patterns used on the plan on every sheet Revision box (All revisions made to a TCP shall be shown in the revision box along with a brief description of the revision, the date, and the initials of the person making the revision.)

Qualified professional certification with name, address, phone number, e-mail, stamp (if applicable), signature, and date of plan certification EPS approval block All information is clear. Graphic patterns, line types, and symbols, are the standard symbols in the Environmental Technical Manual with all required text and labeling shown

B. Existing Site Features Feature

Included Comment Y/N

Property boundaries with bearings and distances Parcel/lot numbers and area/s per legal description Topography (2’ maximum contour intervals) Physical site features shown such as buildings, roads, driveways, etc.

Woodlands and trees (must extend 100’off the property line on all sides) All specimen, champion and historic trees shown with their critical root zones Specimen, Champion and Historic Tree Table showing tree number, species, size,

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐1

Page 1 Appendix A-2

Environmental Technical Manual

condition and comments on the reason for the determination of the condition, proposed disposition and any comments regarding special preservation treatments or recommendations. A note should also be added to indicate that the trees were field located. (All trees within 100 feet of the proposed LOD shall be field located.)

Regulated streams and their required buffers (buffers measured from top of bank and as shown on an approved NRI) Wetlands and their required buffers as shown on an approved NRI 100-year floodplain delineation as shown on an approved NRI Critical habitat areas as obtained from the Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Wildlife and Heritage Division Forest Interior Dwelling Species (FIDS) habitat and designated buffers Location of PMA as shown on an approved NRI Slopes 15% and greater Adjacent historic sites or districts labeled as listed in the latest edition of “Illustrated Inventory of Historic Sites and District Plan for Prince George’s County, Maryland.”

Unmitigated 65 dBA Ldn noise contour shown and labeled if site is adjacent to or in the vicinity of a roadway of arterial classification or greater Utilities and their associated easements if applicable All other easements A note regarding the location and current possession of “previously dedicated land” is provided

C. Proposed Site Features Feature

Included Comment Y/N

Lot lines with dimensions, setbacks, lot and block numbers, and lot area Internal roads with limits of paving and street grades Proposed building locations (to be represented by actual proposed building footprints or the maximum limits of proposed construction) Conceptual grading and proposed limits of disturbance (see Sec. 25-122(b) for requirements regarding limits of disturbance) Conceptual stormwater management methods and facilities Water and sewer lines and easements or well and septic Public utility easements (PUE) where required Proposed noise mitigation measures shown (as necessary) Mitigated 65 dBA Ldn noise contour shown and labeled (as necessary) Building restriction lines from all property lines and the required 25-foot building restriction line from the 100-year floodplain

D. Woodland Conservation Information Information Type

Included Comment Y/N

Woodland Conservation Worksheet (showing zoning and proper calculations of all acreages to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre; do not deduct land from the gross tract area that has not, to date, been dedicated) Standard TCP1 Notes and other TCP1 notes that may be appropriate Woodland Conservation Areas (WCAs) (must address Sec. 25-122(b) and Sections 6.5.4 and 6.6 of the Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual) Woodlands clearly identified by the treatment proposed (Woodland Preservation Area, Woodland Reforestation/Afforestation Area, etc.)

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐1

Page 2 Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix A-3

Acreage shown to the nearest 1/100th acre for each of the woodland treatment areas shown All woodland conservation areas are a minimum size of 10,000 square feet and a width of 50 feet except where these areas abut other protected woodlands previously protected by a TCP or other prior approved mechanism, such as a conservation easement, and where the combined total of these areas is 10,000 square feet in size and 50 feet in width. Landscaped areas may be 35 feet in width.

There are no woodland conservation areas located on lots one (1) acre or less in size; within 40 feet of the front and rear of all building footprints; within 20 feet of the sides of all building footprints; within 30 feet of a commercial or industrial building; within 10 feet of the rear lot line of a town house; or within 5 feet of a parking lot.

These dimensions are shown on the plan.

Woodland preservation is not located within the 100-year floodplain, utility easements, or other areas where control of the land and its preservation is not possible Land to be dedicated or conveyed containing WCAs of any kind, has received approval from the future property owner/s. The approval documents shall be provided with the TCP1.

For TCP1s with more than one sheet, a Woodland Conservation Summary Table as shown in Part A, Section 6.2 of the Environmental Technical Manual has been provided on the cover sheet For projects where woodland conservation is located on lots/parcels, a “Lot-by-Lot table” has been provided as shown in Part A, Section 6.2 of the Environmental Technical Manual

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐1

Page 3

Appendix A-4

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-2.Standard Type 1 Tree Conservation Plan Notes

Standard Type 1 Tree Conservation Plan Notes TCP1 General Notes to include with all Type 1 TCPs: 1.

This plan is conceptual in nature and is submitted to fulfill the woodland conservation requirements for (Insert Plan #) . If (Insert Plan #) expires, then this TCP1 also expires and is no longer valid.

2.

The TCP1 will be modified by a Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan in conjunction with the approval of a detailed site plan, a specific design plan, and/or a grading permit application, whichever comes first.

3.

The Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan will provide specific details on the type and location of protection devices, signs, reforestation, afforestation, and other details necessary for the implementation of the requirements on this site. The details and limits of disturbance shown on the TCP2 shall be consistent with all other plans for the site, including the stormwater management plan and the erosion and sediment control plan.

4.

Changes to the type, location, or extent of the woodland conservation reflected on this plan are subject to the conformance provisions of Section 25-119(c) of the Woodland Conservation Ordinance.

5.

Cutting, clearing, or damaging woodlands contrary to this plan, as modified by a Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan, or in the absence of an approved Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan, without the expressed written consent of the Prince George’s County Planning Board or designee shall be subject to appropriate mitigation which may include restoration of the disturbed area and a fine not to exceed $9.00 per square foot of woodland disturbed.

6.

The developer or builder of the lots or parcels shown on this plan shall notify future buyers of any woodland conservation areas through the provision of a copy of the approved TCP2 at time of contract signing. Future owners of the property are also subject to this requirement.

7.

The property is within the _______ (Developed, Developing, Rural) Tier and is zoned _______.

8.

The property is adjacent to ___________ (state street/road name) which is a designated ____________ (scenic, historic, scenic and historic, parkway, or scenic byway) roadway.

If no adjacent roadway is designated as scenic, historic, a parkway or a scenic byway then use the following note for #7: The site is not adjacent to a roadway designated as scenic, historic, a parkway or a scenic byway.

9.

The property is adjacent to ____________ (provide roadway name) which is classified as a __________ (provide roadway classification if arterial or greater) roadway.

If no adjacent roadway is classified as arterial or greater, then use the following note for #8:

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐2

Page 1

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix A-5

10.

The site is not adjacent to a roadway classified as arterial or greater.

This plan is/is not grandfathered by CB-27-2010, Section 25-119(g).

The following additional Notes shall be provided on the Type 1 TCPs when appropriate: 9.

Plans for stormwater management are contained in Conceptual Stormwater Management Plan # ___. The proposed stormwater management facilities shown on this TCP1 are in conformance with the concept plan approval. The TCP2 shall show the final design for storm water management in conformance with the approved Final Stormwater Management Plan.

10.

Lands to be dedicated to a public agency will only be used to fulfill the woodland conservation requirements if the agency provides written authorization for the use of those lands prior to signature approval of this plan. Land proposed for dedication that contains woodland conservation includes _____________ (describe the portion of the property to be dedicated) to be dedicated to ____________ (agency to receive dedication).

If Virginia pines are present: The Type 2 TCP shall address the treatment of all Virginia pines (Pinus virginiana) that are located within 40 feet of the final proposed limit of disturbance or the boundary of the property.

The TCP2 shall also include a planting schedule and/or details for the management of natural regeneration to fully restock the site.

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐2

Page 2

Appendix A-6

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-3.Construction Tolerance Chart Construction Tolerance Chart General Tolerance: G=Good;M=Medium; P=Poor Limiting Factors: I=physical injury;R=root zone impacts;P=pest complications;C=climactic tolerance

Common Name

Botanical Name

General Limiting Tolerance Factors

Comments

ash, green

Fraxinus pennsylvanica

G

P

borers

ash, white

Fraxinus americana

M

I, R, C

Atlantic white cedar

Chamaecyparis thyoides

G

C

baldcypress

Taxodium distichum

G

R, C

basswood

Tilia americana

M

I, R

beech, American

Fagus grandifolia

P

I, R, P, C

birch, black/sweet

Betula lenta

M

I, C

birch, river/red

Betula nigra

G

blackgum

Nyssa sylvatica

G

black locust

Robinia pseudoacacia

G

P, C

weak wood

black walnut

Juglans nigra

P

I, R, C

allelopathic

bigtooth aspen

Populus grandidentata

P

I, R, C

weak wood

butternut/white walnut

Juglans cinerea

P

I, R, C

weak wood, allelopathic

catalpa, southern

Catalpa bignonioides

G

R

cherry, black

Prunus serotina

M

I, P

eastern tent caterpillar

crabapple species

Malus spp.

M

I, P, C

fire-blight, scab

cryptomeria, Japanese

Cryptomeria japonica

G

cucumber tree

Magnolia acuminata

M

I

dogwood, flowering

Cornus florida

M

I, P, C

downy serviceberry

Amelanchier arborea

M

I, R, C

eastern hophornbeam

Ostrya virginiana

M

R, C

eastern redcedar

Juniperus virginiana

G

elm, American

Ulmus americana

M

P

elm, Chinese

Ulmus parvifolia

M

R, P

elm, Siberian

Ulmus pumila

M

C, P

elm, slippery

Ulmus rubra

M

R, P, C

fringetree

Chionanthus virginicus

M

I, R, C

ginko/maiden-hair tree

Ginko biloba

G

hemlock, eastern

Tsuga canadensis

P

I, R, P, C woolly adelgid

hickory, butternut

Carya cordiformis

M

R, C

hickory, mockernut

Carya tomentosa

M, P

R, C

hickory, pignut

Carya glabra

M

R, C

hickory, shagbark

Carya ovata

M, P

R, C

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

Discula anthracnose

Dutch elm disease

weak wood

A-2, TCP1-3 Appendix A-7 Page1

Construction Tolerance Chart General Tolerance: G=Good;M=Medium; P=Poor Limiting Factors: I=physical injury;R=root zone impacts;P=pest complications;C=climactic tolerance Common Name

Botanical Name

General Limiting Tolerance Factors

holly, American

Ilex opaca

G

honeylocust

Gleditsia triacanthos

G

I, P

hornbeam, American

Carpinus caroliniana

M

R, C

magnolia, southern

Magnolia grandiflora

M

I, C

magnolia, sweetbay

Magnolia virginiana

G

C

maple, Norway

Acer platanoides

M, G

I, R

maple, red

Acer rubrum

G

weak wood

maple, silver

Acer saccharinum

P

I, R, P, C weak wood

maple, sugar

Acer saccharum

P

C

oak, black

Quercus velutina

G

R

oak, chestnut

Quercus prinus

G, M

R, C

oak, pin

Quercus palustris

G

oak, laurel

Quercus laurifolia

G

R

oak, northern red

Quercus rubra

G, M

R, C

oak, post

Quercus stellata

G

R

oak, sawtooth

Quercus acutissima

G

R

oak, scarlet

Quercus coccinea

G

R

oak, southern red

Quercus falcata

G

R, C

oak, swamp chestnut

Quercuc michauxii

G

R, C

oak, swamp white

Quercus bicolor

G

R, C

oak, water

Quercus nigra

G

R, C

oak, white

Quercus alba

G, M

R, C

oak, willow

Quercus phellos

G, M

R, C

persimmon, common

Diospyros virginiana

G

P

pine, Austrian

Pinus nigra

G, M

P

pine, eastern white

Pinus strobus

M

I, R, P, C weak wood

pine, loblolly

Pinus taeda

G

C

pine, pitch

Pinus rigida

G

pine, scotch

Pinus sylvestris

G

C

pine, shortleaf

Pinus echinata

M

P

pine, Virginia

Pinus virginiana

M

C

plum, American

Prunus americana

M

I, R, P

redbud, eastern

Cercis canadensis

M

R, C

Appendix A-8

August 2010

Comments

invasive exotic, allelopathic

iron chlorosis in alkaline soil

weak wood, wind-throw hazard

A-2, TCP1-3 Environmental Technical Manual Page2

Construction Tolerance Chart General Tolerance: G=Good;M=Medium; P=Poor Limiting Factors: I=physical injury;R=root zone impacts;P=pest complications;C=climactic tolerance Common Name

Botanical Name

General Limiting Tolerance Factors

Comments

sassafrass

Sassafrass albidum

G

weak wood

silverbell, Carolina

Halesia carolina

M

I, R, C

snowbell, American

Styrax americana

M

I, R

sourwood

Oxydendrum arboreum

P

I, R, P, C

spruce, Colorado blue

Picea pungens

M

R, C

stewartia, Virginia

Stewartia malacodendron G

sweetgum

Liquidambar styraciflua

G

R

sycamore, American

Patanus occidentalis

M

P, C

anthracnose

tulip poplar/tulip tree

Liriodendron tulipfera

P

I, R, C

weak wood

yellowwood

Cladrastis kentukea

P

I, R, P, C

Adapted from: Fairfax County, Virginia Public Facilities Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-2, TCP1-3 Appendix A-9 Page3

TCP-4.Basic Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet (Blank)

Basic Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County

1 2 3 4 5

SECTION I-Establishing Site Information- (Enter acres for each zone) Zone: Gross Tract: Floodplain: Previously Dedicated Land: Net Tract (NTA): 0.00

6 7 8 9

Property Description or Subdivision Name: Is this site subject to the 1989 Ordinance?(y/n) Is this one (1) single family lot? (y,n) Are there prior TCP approvals which include a combination of this lot/s? (y,n) 10 Is this a Woodland Conservation Bank?

11 Break-even Point (preservation) = 12 Clearing permitted w/o reforestion=

0.00

0.00

Basic Standard Worksheet

#DIV/0! #DIV/0!

acres acres

SECTION II-Determining Requirements (Enter acres for each corresponding column) Column B Column C Column D Column A WCT/AFT %

Net Tract

Floodplain

(1:1) 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Existing Woodland Woodland Conservation Threshold (WCT) = #DIV/0!

Smaller of 13 or 14 Woodland above WCT Woodland cleared Woodland cleared above WCT (smaller of 16 or 17) Clearing above WCT (0.25 : 1) replacement requirement Woodland cleared below WCT Clearing below WCT (2:1 replacement requirement) Afforestation Threshold (AFT) = #DIV/0!

Off-site Conservation being provided on this property Woodland Conservation Required

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

SECTION III-Meeting the Requirements Woodland Preservation Afforestation / Reforestation Area approved for fee-in-lieu Credits for Off-site Conservation on another property Off-site Conservation (preservation) being provided on this property Off-site Conservation (afforestation) being provided on this property Total Woodland Conservation Provided

32 Area of woodland not cleared 33 Woodland retained not part of requirements:

Appendix A-10

Off-Site Impacts (1:1)

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

0.00 #DIV/0!

$0.00

#DIV/0!

#DIV/0!

0.00 acres 0.00 acres

August 2010

A-2, TCP1-4

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-5.Basic Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet (Example Property)

Basic Standard Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County

1 2 3 4 5

SECTION I-Establishing Site Information- (Enter acres for each zone) Zone: R-R R-T Gross Tract: 8.50 5.50 Floodplain: 0.50 0.50 Previously Dedicated Land: 0.00 0.00 Net Tract (NTA): 8.00 5.00

6 7 8 9

Property Description or Subdivision Name: Is this site subject to the 1989 Ordinance?(y/n) Is this one (1) single family lot? (y,n) Are there prior TCP approvals which include a combination of this lot/s? (y,n) 10 Is this a Woodland Conservation Bank?

11 Break-even Point (preservation) = 12 Clearing permitted w/o reforestion=

0.00

Example Basic Standard Worksheet N N N N 4.48 acres 7.52 acres

SECTION II-Determining Requirements (Enter acres for each corresponding column) Column B Column C Column D Column A WCT/AFT %

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Existing Woodland Woodland Conservation Threshold (WCT) = Smaller of 13 or 14 Woodland above WCT Woodland cleared Woodland cleared above WCT (smaller of 16 or 17) Clearing above WCT (0.25 : 1) replacement requirement Woodland cleared below WCT Clearing below WCT (2:1 replacement requirement) Afforestation Threshold (AFT) = Off-site Conservation being provided on this property Woodland Conservation Required

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

SECTION III-Meeting the Requirements Woodland Preservation Afforestation / Reforestation Area approved for fee-in-lieu Credits for Off-site Conservation on another property Off-site Conservation (preservation) being provided on this property Off-site Conservation (afforestation) being provided on this property Total Woodland Conservation Provided

20.00%

15.00%

32 Area of woodland not cleared 33 Woodland retained not part of requirements: 1:1 Impacts:

Net Tract

Floodplain

12.00 2.60 2.60 9.40 10.50 9.40 2.35 1.10 2.20 0.00 0.00 6.43

1.10 4.50 0.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.43

Off-Site

(1:1) Impacts (1:1) 1.00

0.38

$10,846.44

1.50 acres 0.40 acres

0.13 ac. for the off-site connection of sewer line 0.25 ac. required by condition of approval 0.38 ac. Total 1:1 impacts (Does not include 1:1 floodplain impacts)

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-2, TCP1-5

Appendix A-11

TCP-6.Guidelines for the Completion of the Prince George’s County Woodland Conservation Worksheet

Guidelines for the Completion of the Prince George’s County Woodland Conservation Worksheet (Basic Standard Worksheet) All areas shown on this worksheet should be rounded to the nearest 1/100th of an acre. Remember all of the areas that are shaded on the spreadsheet MUST be filled in for the Excel spreadsheet to make the necessary calculations. The areas that are not shaded are protected cells that MUST NOT be altered or the worksheet will not calculate properly.

I 1 2

3

4

5

6

7

8 9

Establishing Site Information Zone Identify all zoning categories for the site. Three shaded boxes allow for multiple zones on one property.

Gross Tract The total area of all lots and parcels to be included on the Tree Conservation Plan FOR EACH ZONE. (Example: The property has 8.5 acres in the R-R zone and 5.5 acres in the R-T zone. The total site area is 14.0 acres but should be listed separately for each zoning category.)

Floodplain The area of one-hundred year floodplain. Fill in the amount for each zone.

(Example: The property has 0.50 acres of floodplain in the R-R zone and 0.50 acres in the R-T zone. The total floodplain for the site is 1.0 acre but should be listed separately for each zoning category. Refer to Section 27-124.01, of the Zoning Ordinance for information regarding the one hundred (100) year floodplain) Previously The area of any land which was dedicated to public use prior to the approval Dedicated Land of any Tree Conservation Plans for the property. Do not include any area which HAS NOT YET been dedicated.

Net Tract Area This area is the Gross Tract (2) minus the Floodplain (3) minus Previously (NTA) Dedicated Land (4) (Example: The property has 8.5 acres in the R-R zone, 0.50 acre in the floodplain, and no previously dedicated land. The Net Tract area in the R-R zone is 8.00 acres. AND the property also has 5.5 acres in the R-T zone, 0.50 acres in the floodplain, and no previously dedicated land. The Net Tract area in the R-T zone is 5.00 acres.)

Property This should include the name of the project and assigned TCP number.

Description or Subdivision Name Is this site subject to Was the plan previously approved under the requirements of the 1989 the 1989 Woodland Conservation and Tree Preservation Ordinance? Answer yes or no Ordinance? by using a capital “Y” or “N”.

Reforestation The answers to questions 8, 9, 10 and 11 are important for establishing Requirement requirements.

Reduction Questions Is this one (1) single Answer yes or no by using a capital “Y” or “N”. family lot? (y/n) Are there prior TCP Answer yes or no by using a capital “Y” or “N”. approvals which include a combination of this lot/s?(y/n)

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐6

Page 1

Appendix A-12

Environmental Technical Manual

10

Is this a Woodland Conservation Bank? (y/n)

11

Break-even Point

12

Clearing permitted without reforestation Determining Requirements Woodland The answers to questions 13 through 23 establish the total woodland Conservation conservation requirements for the site.

Calculations Existing Woodland Column B – Area of existing woodland on the net tract (sum of all zones) Column C – Area of existing woodland in the floodplain (sum of all zones) This information shall be established on a Forest Stand Delineation (FSD) as either a stand alone FSD or as part of an approved NRI, if required.

Woodland Column A – The percentage of Woodland Conservation required based on Conservation the zoning category(s) of the site Threshold WCT (Refer to WCO Subtitle 25, Section 25-121, for threshold requirements by zone).

Column B – The percentage (14A) multiplied by the Net Tract Area (5) Smaller of (13) or Which number is less? The amount of existing woodland on the net tract area (14) (sum of all zones) or the woodland conservation threshold? The smaller of 13B or 14B. Woodland above Area of woodland on the net tract (sum of all zones) that is greater than the WCT Woodland Conservation Threshold. (13B)-(14B) Woodland cleared Column B – Woodland on the net tract proposed to be cleared Column C – Woodland in the floodplain proposed to be cleared Column D – Woodland located off-site proposed to be cleared (Unavoidable clearing for the proposed development.)

II

13

14

15

16 17

Answer yes or no by using a capital “Y” or “N”. (A woodland conservation bank with no clearing has no WCT or AFT. A woodland conservation bank with previous or proposed clearing must meet its own woodland conservation requirement prior to providing marketable credits.)

If the woodland above the woodland conservation threshold (16) is greater than “0”, then the Break-even-Point= (0.2) x woodland above the WCT + the WCT. This is the amount of forest that must be retained so that no mitigation is needed. If the area of woodland above the woodland conservation threshold is equal to “0”, then the Break-even-Point = Existing Woodland (13).

Existing woodland on the net tract (13) minus the break-even point (11)

Note: Column D shall also be used for any other “condition of approval” circumstance where 1:1 replacement is required. If off-site clearing AND other 1:1 clearing is required, the sum of the areas shall be entered and individual areas shall be listed at the bottom of the worksheet.

18

19

Woodland cleared above WCT(smaller of 16 or 17) Clearing above WCT (0.25:1 replacement requirement)

This determines the area of woodland above the WCT that has been cleared.

Enter the smaller of 16B or 17B If the woodland cleared on the net tract for all zones (17B) is less than the WCT (14B) then the clearing is above the WCT (14B) and the replacement is calculated by multiplying the woodland cleared on the net tract for all zones by 0.25. If the woodland cleared on the net tract for all zones (17B) is greater

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐6

Page 2

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix A-13

than the WCT (14B) then part of the clearing is above the WCT (14B) and part is below the WCT. The replacement is calculated by multiplying the woodland above the WCT (16) by 0.25. The remainder of the clearing is calculated at 2:1 for clearing below the threshold. (This will be done on line #20).

20 Woodland cleared This is the total woodland cleared on the net tract for all zones (17B) minus below WCT the woodland above the WCT (16B).

If the woodland cleared on the net tract for all zones (17B) is greater than the 21 Clearing below WCT (14B), then part of the clearing is below the WCT (14B). The WCT (2:1 woodland cleared on the net tract for all zones (17B) that is above the WCT replacement has already been calculated in #19. To calculate the replacement for clearing requirement) below the WCT (14B), the woodland above the threshold (16) is subtracted from the total cleared (17B). The result is multiplied by 2 for the required replacement.

22 Afforestation Column A - The percentage of afforestation required based on the zoning Threshold (AFT) category(s) of the site.

(Refer to WCO Subtitle 25, Section 25-121, for threshold requirements by zone).

Column B - (22A) multiplied by the net tract area for all zones (5). Is the existing woodland on the net tract for all zones (13B) less than the result? If so, the result is (22A) multiplied by (5) for all zones, minus the existing net tract woodland (13B) Otherwise the result is “0”- no afforestation is required.

(Note: Lots that were platted prior to November 21, 1992, are exempt from the afforestation requirement) 23 Off-site This number is the sum of Off-site Conservation (preservation) (28) and OffConservation being site Conservation (afforestation) (29) being provided on this property. This provided on this number represents the acreage available on the property to establish a property woodland conservation bank.

The total woodland conservation requirement for the property is the sum of 24 Woodland the following: Conservation Required  Smaller of existing woodland on the net tract (13B) or the WCT (14B)  0.25:1 replacement requirement for clearing above the WCT (19)  2:1 replacement requirement for clearing below the WCT (21)  Afforestation threshold (AFT)requirement (22B)  Off-site conservation provided on this property (22)  1:1 replacement for clearing in the floodplain (17C)  1:1 replacement for off-site clearing (17D)  Minus woodland cleared below WCT (20) III Meeting the Requirements Woodland Conservation Provided 25 Woodland Acreage of woodland to remain on-site in perpetuity. This area must meet the Preservation definition of a woodland conservation area (refer to Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Ordinance (WCO), Section 25-206 (b) Design Criteria) 26 Afforestation/ Acreage of woodland to be planted on-site that shall remain in perpetuity.

Reforestation This area must meet the criteria for on-site afforestation/reforestation (refer to the WCO, Section 25-206 (b) Design Criteria) August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐6

Page 3

Appendix A-14

Environmental Technical Manual

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

Area approved for fee-in-lieu

This fee counts toward meeting the woodland conservation requirement. Feein-lieu is not accepted for requirements of one acre or more and is available only after all other options have been exhausted. Documentation must be provided to justify the use of this option and must be approved prior to calculating the area into the worksheet. This fee is calculated on a square footage basis and is subject to change.

Credits for Off-site Acreage of requirement to be met at an off-site woodland conservation bank.

Conservation on The woodlands must be located on an approved woodland conservation bank. another property A list of approved woodland conservation banks is available through the Environmental Planning Section Off-site Acreage of woodland to remain on-site in perpetuity. This area must meet the Conservation definition of woodland as defined in the WCO, Section 25-202. Definitions. (preservation) being This area is to be established in the land records as a woodland conservation provided on this bank and may be used to meet the woodland conservation requirements of property another property unable to meet all or part of their requirements on-site.

Off-site Acreage of woodland to be planted on-site that shall remain in perpetuity.

Conservation This area must meet the minimum planting requirements as defined in the (afforestation) being WCO, Section 25-202. Definitions. This area is to be established in the land provided on this records as a woodland conservation bank and may used to meet the woodland property conservation requirements of another property unable to meet all or part of their requirements on-site.

The total woodland conservation provided must equal or exceed the Total Woodland woodland conservation required (23) for the property and is the sum of the Conservation following: Provided  Woodland Preservation (24)  Afforestation/ Reforestation (25)  Area approved for fee-in-lieu (26)  Credits for off-site conservation on another property (27)  Off-site conservation (preservation) being provided on this property (28)  Off-site conservation (afforestation) being provided on this property (29) Area of woodland This is the acreage of on-site woodland that is not cleared. It is the difference not cleared of existing woodland on the net tract (13a) minus the woodland cleared on the net tract (17a) This is the net tract woodland that is not cleared and also not counted as Woodland retained preservation; it is the difference of the area of woodland not cleared (31) not part of minus Woodland Preservation (24) requirements Prepared by All plans must be prepared by a Qualified Professional. (See Definitions in the WCO) The original plans must be signed and dated in blue ink. (In the lower right corner of the plan).

August 2010 A‐2, TCP1‐6

Page 4

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix A-15

TCP-7.Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George’s County Government Projects (Blank)

Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County Government Projects

Government Worksheet

Property Description or Subdivision Name: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Zone: Gross Tract: Existing Woodland = WCT Woodland Cleared Total area of woodland cleared (subject to 1:1 replacement) Off-Site Mitigation Provided (afforestation) Off-Site Mitigation Provided (preservation) Woodland Conservation Requirement: Woodland Conservation Provided: Woodland preserved Afforestation Reforestation Prior Credit for Off-site Mitigation Current Credit for Off-site Mitigation Off-site Mitigation provided (afforestation) Off-site Mitigation provided (preservation) Area Mitigated by Woodland Conservation Fund Total Woodland Conservation Provided

or

#DIV/0!

0.00 0.00 0.00

Location: Location: Name & TCP#

or

$0.00

Last Rev. August 2010

Appendix A-16

August 2010

A-2, TCP1-7

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-8.Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George’s County Government Projects (Example Property)

Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County Government Projects

Property Description or Subdivision Name: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Example Government Worksheet

Zone: Gross Tract: Existing Woodland = WCT Woodland Cleared Total area of woodland cleared (subject to 1:1 replacement) Off-Site Mitigation Provided (afforestation) Off-Site Mitigation Provided (preservation) Woodland Conservation Requirement: Woodland Conservation Provided: Woodland preserved Afforestation Reforestation Prior Credit for Off-site Mitigation Current Credit for Off-site Mitigation Off-site Mitigation provided (afforestation) Off-site Mitigation provided (preservation) Area Mitigated by Woodland Conservation Fund Total Woodland Conservation Provided

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

R-R 40.00 15.00 8.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 15.00

or

37.50%

7.00 3.00 Location: 5.00 Location: Wood Acres TCP2/895/10

or

$0.00

15.00

A-2, TCP1-7

Appendix A-17

Appendix A-18

Environmental Technical Manual

Woodland Conservation Provided: Preservation Reforestation Afforestation Area approved for fee-in-lieu Credit for Off-site Mitigation on another property Off-site Mitigation provided on this property Total Woodland Conservation Provided

42 Woodland saved on this phase but not counted 43 Existing Net Tract Woodland in later phases 44 Requirement Status per Phase

35 36 37 38 39 40 41

#DIV/0! #DIV/0!

Woodland Conservation Requirement Calculations: Existing Woodland on Net Tract (acres) Existing Woodland in Floodplain (acres) Woodland Conservation Threshold (NTA) = #DIV/0!

Smaller of 10 or 12 Woodland above WCT Plan Number: (This must be completed for each phase) Plan Phase or Name: Total area in this application (acres) Floodplain area in this application (acres) Net Tract area in the application (acres) Woodland on the Net Tract for this phase (acres) Woodland in the Floodplain for this phase Woodland Cleared on Net Tract for this phase Woodland Cleared in Floodplain for this phase Off-site Woodland Clearing (1:1) Off-site Conservation being provided on this property Cummulative acres of Net Tract Woodland cleared Cummulative acres of Floodplain woodland cleared Smaller of 14 or 26 Woodland Clearing below WCT Clearing below WCT (2:1 replacement requirement) Replacement for clearing above the WCT (0.25 : 1) Replacement for clearing below the WCT (2 : 1) Afforestation Threshold (AFT) = #DIV/0!

Cumulative Woodland Conservation Required

Property Description or Subdivision Name: Is this site subject to the 1989 Ordinance?

Break-even Point (preservation acres) = Acres of Net Tract clearing permitted w/o refores

6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

Zone: Gross Tract: Floodplain: Previously Dedicated Land: Net Tract (NTA):

1 2 3 4 5 0.00

0.00

#VALUE!

0.00

0.00

August 2010

Latest phase indicates cumulative requirement through that phase of work

0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

0.00

#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!

Phased Worksheet

0.00

Include acreages only in columns for which there is a corresponding zone.

Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County, Maryland

TCP-9.Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Phased Projects (Blank)

0.00

Total 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Total 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

A-2, TCP1-9

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix A-19

42 Woodland saved on this phase but not counted 43 Existing Net Tract Woodland in later phases 44 Requirement Status per Phase

35 36 37 38 39 40 41

4.48 7.52

Woodland Conservation Provided: Preservation Reforestation Afforestation Area approved for fee-in-lieu Credit for Off-site Mitigation on another property Off-site Mitigation provided on this property Total Woodland Conservation Provided

N

Woodland Conservation Requirement Calculations: Existing Woodland on Net Tract (acres) Existing Woodland in Floodplain (acres) Woodland Conservation Threshold (NTA) = 20.00% Smaller of 10 or 12 Woodland above WCT Plan Number: (This must be completed for each phase) Plan Phase or Name: Total area in this application (acres) Floodplain area in this application (acres) Net Tract area in the application (acres) Woodland on the Net Tract for this phase (acres) Woodland in the Floodplain for this phase Woodland Cleared on Net Tract for this phase Woodland Cleared in Floodplain for this phase Off-site Woodland Clearing (1:1) Off-site Conservation being provided on this property Cummulative acres of Net Tract Woodland cleared Cummulative acres of Floodplain woodland cleared Smaller of 14 or 26 Woodland Clearing below WCT Clearing below WCT (2:1 replacement requirement) Replacement for clearing above the WCT (0.25 : 1) Replacement for clearing below the WCT (2 : 1) Afforestation Threshold (AFT) = 15.00% Cumulative Woodland Conservation Required

Property Description or Subdivision Name: Is this site subject to the 1989 Ordinance?

Break-even Point (preservation acres) = Acres of Net Tract clearing permitted w/o refores

6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

Zone: Gross Tract: Floodplain: Previously Dedicated Land: Net Tract (NTA):

1 2 3 4 5

R-T 5.50 0.50 0.00 5.00

4.00 0.00 4.00 3.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0.38 0.00 10.50 0.00 9.40 1.10 2.20 2.35 2.20 0.00 6.43

Phase 2

0.00

Include acreages only in columns for which there is a corresponding zone.

0.25 3.00

0.75 3.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.60

August 2010

0.15 0.00

0.35 0.65 0.00 0.83 0.00 0.00 6.43

Latest phase indicates cumulative requirement through that phase of work

10.00 1.00 9.00 9.00 1.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 8.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 4.60

12.00 1.00 2.60 2.60 9.40 Phase 1

Example Phased Worksheet

R-R 8.50 0.50 0.00 8.00

Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County, Maryland

TCP-10.Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Phased Projects (Example Property)

0.40

Total 1.10 4.50 0.00 0.83 0.00 0.00 6.43

Total 14.00 1.00 13.00 12.00 1.00 10.50 0.00 0.38 0.00

A-2, TCP1-10

TCP-11.Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Single Lot TCP2 with Previously Approved TCP1 (Blank)

Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County Government Projects

Government Worksheet

Property Description or Subdivision Name: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Zone: Gross Tract: Existing Woodland = WCT Woodland Cleared Total area of woodland cleared (subject to 1:1 replacement) Off-Site Mitigation Provided (afforestation) Off-Site Mitigation Provided (preservation) Woodland Conservation Requirement: Woodland Conservation Provided: Woodland preserved Afforestation Reforestation Prior Credit for Off-site Mitigation Current Credit for Off-site Mitigation Off-site Mitigation provided (afforestation) Off-site Mitigation provided (preservation) Area Mitigated by Woodland Conservation Fund Total Woodland Conservation Provided

or

#DIV/0!

0.00 0.00 0.00

Location: Location: Name & TCP#

or

$0.00

Last Rev. August 2010

Appendix A-20

August 2010

A-2, TCP1-7

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-12.Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Single Lot TCP2 with Previously Approved TCP1 (Example Property)

Single Lot TCP2 with Previously Approved TCP1 Woodland Conservation Worksheet for Prince George's County 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Zone: Gross Tract: Floodplain: Previously Dedicated Land: Net Tract (NTA): Property Description or Subdivision Name: Owner: Address: Phone: Previous TCP1 Number: Woodland Conservation Calculations:

R-R

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2.50 0.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0.00 Example Single Lot TCP2 with previously approved TCP1 Shell M.E. Beans 4972 Stalk Pass 301-555-1212 TCP1/825/2010 Net Tract (acres) Acreage of Existing Woodland 2.50 27.60% 0.69 Woodland Conservation Required for Lot per TTCP1 Area of Woodland Cleared per TCP1 0.75 Area of Woodland Cleared per TCP2 1.35 Area of Woodland above WCT not cleared by TCP1 1.25 Additional Woodland Cleared by TCP2 0.60 Does the TCPI show 2:1 replacement N Clearing above WCT 0.60 Additional 1/4:1Replacement required = Clearing below WCT 0.00 Additional 2:1Replacement required = Total Woodland Conseravtion Required for this Lot: 0.84

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Woodland Conservation Provided: Woodland Preservation Reforestation / Replacement Afforestation Area approved for fee-in-lieu Credits Received for Off-site Mitigation on another property Off-site Mitigation provided on this property Total Woodland Conservation Provided

29 Area of net tract woodland not cleared 30 Woodland retained not part of requirements:

Prince George’s County Planning Department

(acres) 0.84 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.84

=

Floodplain (acres)

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.15 0.00

$0.00

1.15 acres 0.31 acres

August 2010

A-2, TCP1-12

Appendix A-21

TCP-13.Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Preparation and Review Checklist

TYPE 2 TREE CONSERVATION PLAN PREPARATION AND REVIEW CHECKLIST The TCP2 is required to follow an approved TCP1 and for any application that requires an FSD. At the Type 2 phase, final decisions are made for techniques that will be incorporated on the site to insure adequate woodland conservation and tree protection. The detailed TCP2 is prepared for submission with a detailed site plan, a specific design plan, a grading plan, a road-grading plan that is not shown on an approved record plat, and for the establishment of a Woodland Conservation Bank. If a TCP1 has been approved for the site, the TCP2 must adhere to the conservation measures shown on the approved plan as closely as possible. If the TCP2 is being prepared for a Woodland Conservation Bank, the checklist titled “Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Preparation and Review Checklist for Woodland Conservation Banks” should be used. The TCP2 must include the entire area of the site and use the standard line types and symbols as provided in the Environmental Technical Manual. The information shown on the TCP2 must also be shown on the associated Erosion and Sediment Control Plans. Refer to Section 7.0 of Part A of the Environmental Technical Manual for more information.

Site/Project Name: ___________________________________ Date: _________________________

TCP 1 Number (if applicable): ___________________ Associated Plan: __________________ Prepared by:

___________________________________ Typed name

____________________________________ Signature

_______________________________ Phone

____________________________________ e-mail address

A. General Information Included Comment Y/N

Information Type Vicinity map, north arrow, scale (at the same scale as the associated plan, but no greater than 1" = 50') Legend or Key to all symbols, shading, and patterns used on the plan on every sheet Revision box (All revisions made to a TCP shall be shown in the revision box along with a brief description of the revision, the date, and the initials of the person making the revision.)

Qualified professional certification with name, address, phone number, e-mail, stamp (if applicable), signature, and date of plan certification EPS approval block All information is clear. Graphic patterns, line types, and symbols, are the standard symbols in the Environmental Technical Manual with all required text and labeling shown

B. Existing Site Features Included Comment Y/N

Feature Property boundaries with bearings and distances Parcel/lot numbers and area/s per legal description Topography (2’ maximum contour intervals)

August 2010 Appendix A-22

A-3, TCP2-1 Page 1 Environmental Technical Manual

Physical site features shown such as buildings, roads, driveways, etc.

Woodlands and trees (must extend 100’off the property line on all sides) All specimen, champion and historic trees shown with their critical root zones Specimen, Champion and Historic Tree Table showing tree number, species, size, condition and reason for the determination of the condition, proposed disposition and any comments regarding special preservation treatments or recommendations. A note should also be added to indicate that the trees were survey located. (All trees within 100 feet of the proposed LOD shall be survey located.)

Regulated streams and their required buffers (buffers measured from top of bank and as shown on an approved NRI) Wetlands and their required buffers as shown on an approved NRI 100-year floodplain delineation as shown on an approved NRI Critical habitat areas as obtained from the Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Wildlife and Heritage Division Forest Interior Dwelling Species (FIDS) habitat and designated buffers Location of PMA as shown on an approved NRI Slopes 15% and greater Adjacent historic sites or districts labeled as listed in the latest edition of “Illustrated Inventory of Historic Sites and District Plan for Prince George’s County, Maryland.”

Unmitigated 65 dBA Ldn noise contour shown and labeled if site is adjacent to or in the vicinity of a roadway of arterial classification or greater Utilities and their associated easements if applicable All other easements A note regarding the location and current possession of “previously dedicated land” is provided

C. Proposed Site Features Included Comment Y/N

Feature Lot lines with dimensions, setbacks, lot and block numbers, and lot area Internal roads with limits of paving and street grades Proposed building locations (to be represented by actual proposed building footprints or the maximum limits of proposed construction) Proposed grading and proposed limits of disturbance to include all sediment and erosion control devices, stockpiles and other areas that need to be cleared during construction (see Sec. 25-122(b) for requirements regarding limits of disturbance) Conceptual stormwater management methods and facilities Water and sewer lines and easements or well and septic Public utility easements (PUE) where required Proposed noise mitigation measures shown (as necessary) Mitigated 65 dBA Ldn noise contour shown and labeled (as necessary) Building restriction lines from all property lines and the required 25-foot building restriction line from the 100-year floodplain

D. Woodland Conservation Information Included Comment Y/N

Information Type Woodland Conservation Worksheet (appropriate worksheet must show zoning and proper calculations of all acreages to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre; do not deduct land from the gross tract area that has not, to date, been dedicated) Standard TCP2 notes and other TCP2 notes that may be appropriate

August 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-1 Page 2 Appendix A-23

Woodland Conservation Areas (WCAs) (must address Sec. 25-122(b) and Sections 6.5.4 and 6.6 of the Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Technical Manual) Woodlands clearly identified by the treatment proposed (Woodland Preservation Area, Woodland Reforestation/Afforestation Area, etc.)

Acreage shown to the nearest 1/100th acre for each of the woodland treatment areas shown All woodland conservation areas are a minimum size of 10,000 square feet and a width of 50 feet except where these areas abut other protected woodlands previously protected by a TCP or other prior approved mechanism, such as a conservation easement, and where the combined total of these areas is 10,000 square feet in size and 50 feet in width. Landscaped areas may be 35 feet in width.

There are no woodland conservation areas located on lots less than one (1) acre in size; within 40 feet of the front and rear of all building footprints; within 20 feet of the sides of all building footprints; within 30 feet of a commercial or industrial building; within 10 feet of the rear lot line of a town house; or within 5 feet of a parking lot. These dimensions are shown on the plan.

Woodland preservation is not located within the 100-year floodplain, utility easements, or other areas where control of the land and its preservation is not possible Land to be dedicated or conveyed containing WCAs of any kind, has received approval from the future property owner/s. The approval documents will be provided with the TCP2 if they were not provided with the TCP1.

For TCP2s with more than one sheet, a Woodland Conservation Summary Table as shown in Part A, Section 6.2 of the Environmental Technical Manual has been provided on the cover sheet For projects where woodland conservation is located on lots/parcels, a “Lot-by-Lot table� has been provided as shown in Part A, Section 6.2 of the Environmental Technical Manual

Fee-in-lieu: If the project is phased, the TCP2 must provide the breakdown of the fee-in-lieu amount required for each phase. If the fee-in-lieu option has been approved for use on the subject property, the fee must be posted prior to the issuance of any permits unless the project is phased.

E. Specimen, Champion, and Historic Trees Included Comment Y/N

Information Type A table that includes information regarding the species, diameter at breast height, numerical and descriptive condition rating, and whether the tree is to be preserved or removed Individual trees are shown on the plans with their critical root zones shown and an indication as to whether the tree is to be preserved or removed Grading, structures, and any other activities that are proposed within the critical root zone have been shown Proposed limits of disturbance (LOD) have been shown on the plan Details for time of occurrence, equipment to be used, and any special practices for root pruning that may be necessary have been provided Details for any pruning that may be necessary have been provided Details of any fertilization or irrigation practices that are to be used have been provided Graphic and written details have been provided for all temporary or permanent tree protective devices to be used Details about berms or swales that are to be constructed to prevent silt or contaminated runoff from wash pads, materials stock piles, vehicle parking areas, or

August 2010 Appendix A-24

A-3, TCP2-1 Page 3 Environmental Technical Manual

equipment maintenance and storage areas from washing into the tree's root zone have been provided. Locations are shown on the plan All other necessary information is provided.

F. Site Protection and Signage Included Comment Y/N

Information Type Type and location of all tree protection devices are shown Details for all protection devices are shown All sign locations are shown All sign details are shown Statement on the plan regarding the timing of the installation of all tree protection devices Statement on plan stating that the signs for planted areas are to remain in perpetuity and that the signs for preservation areas may be removed after use and occupancy permit has been issued Sign locations and details are shown for all woodland conservation preservation areas along the limits of disturbance and along roadways

G. Afforestation/Reforestation Areas Information Type (The following items must be addressed in text form and/or graphically shown on the plan)

Included Comment Y/N

Soil Conditions Existing soil pH Soil compaction corrections to be conducted Topsoil minimum depth Soil amendments proposed and method of application Soils stabilization proposed and method of application (Structural, Vegetative, Mulch) Removal method for soil contaminants (oil products, concentrated soluble salts, ferrous iron, soluble aluminum, soluble manganese, and herbicides)

Hydrology Hydrology of planting sites is suited to species selected

Site Preparation Ground cover will not adversely impact tree growth Control of competing vegetation around trees

Planting Stock Afforestation and reforestation is being provided on lots one (1) acre in size or greater Planting stock seed source is from within the geographic region suited for growth in this area Planting stock size is specified (seedling, whip, 1" caliper, 2" caliper, etc.)

Planting stock meets the standards set by the American Nursery and Landscape Association Seedling stock meets the following criteria: Hardwoods 1/4" to 1/2" caliper with roots no less than 8" long Conifers 1/8" to 1/4" caliper with roots not less than 8"long and top height of 6" or more Shrubs 1/8" or larger caliper with 8" root system

August 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-1 Page 4 Appendix A-25

Containerized stock used has been noted Species and quantities used are specified Planting pattern is identified

Planting Methods Detail of planting by hand Detail of planting by machine Schedule of tree planting activities (start and completion of each phase of work) Detail of planting method used for larger caliper stock. (A larger planting bed must be utilized. This should not be a drilled or dug hole 6 to 12 inches larger than the root ball or container.)

Planting Management Plan Information on site and tree maintenance is listed Company or individual responsible for tree care is listed on the plan or detail sheet Term of the Plan is no less than five years Final expected survival is indicated Follow-up care and maintenance (watering, fertilization, weeding, support plantings, etc. must be addressed)

Afforestation/Reforestation Notes All applicable notes from the afforestation/reforestation section of the standard TCP 2 notes

August 2010 Appendix A-26

A-3, TCP2-1 Page 5 Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-14.Standard Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Notes

Standard Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Notes The following notes shall be used as appropriate on tree conservation plans and shall be modified as necessary to address the specific conditions of the site. ___________________________________________________________________________ GENERAL NOTES ___________________________________________________________________________ To include with all Type 2 TCPs: 1.

This plan is submitted to fulfill the woodland conservation requirements for (Insert Plan # or state it is for a grading permit). If (Insert Plan # or state “this grading permit”) expires, then this TCP2 also expires and is no longer valid.

2.

Cutting or clearing of woodland not in conformance with this plan or without the expressed written consent of the Planning Director or designee shall be subject to a $9.00 per square foot mitigation fee.

3.

A pre-construction meeting is required prior to the issuance of grading permits. The Department of Public Works and Transportation or the Department of Environmental Resources, as appropriate, shall be contacted prior to the start of any work on the site to conduct a pre-construction meeting where implementation of woodland conservation measures shown on this plan will be discussed in detail.

4.

The developer or builder of the lots or parcels shown on this plan shall notify future buyers of any woodland conservation areas through the provision of a copy of this plan at time of contract signing. Future property owners are also subject to this requirement.

5.

The owners of the property subject to this tree conservation plan are solely responsible for conformance to the requirements contained herein.

6.

The property is within the _______ (Developed, Developing, Rural) Tier and is zoned _______.

7.

The property is adjacent to ___________ (state street/road name) which is a designated ____________ (scenic, historic, scenic and historic, parkway, or scenic byway) roadway.

If no adjacent roadway is designated as scenic, historic, a parkway or a scenic byway then use the following note for #7: The site is not adjacent to a roadway designated as scenic, historic, a parkway or a scenic byway.

8.

The property is adjacent to ____________ (provide roadway name) which is classified as a __________ (provide roadway classification if arterial or greater) roadway.

If no adjacent roadway is classified as arterial or greater, then use the following note for #8: The site is not adjacent to a roadway classified as arterial or greater.

August 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 1

Appendix A-27

9.

This plan is/is not grandfathered under CB-27-2010, Section 25-117 (g).

____________________________________________________________________________ ADDITIONAL NOTES ____________________________________________________________________________ To be provided when appropriate. Must be numbered in sequence starting with number 10.

When preservation or retention of existing woodlands is proposed: Tree Preservation and Retention Notes a.

All woodlands designated on this plan for preservation are the responsibility of the property owner. The woodland areas shall remain in a natural state. This includes the canopy trees and understory vegetation. A revised tree conservation plan is required prior to clearing woodland areas that are not specifically identified to be cleared on the approved TCP2.

b.

Tree and woodland conservation methods such as root pruning shall be conducted as noted on this plan.

c.

The location of all temporary tree protection fencing (TPFs) shown on this plan shall be flagged or staked in the field prior to the pre-construction meeting. Upon approval of the locations by the county inspector, installation of the TPFs may begin.

d.

All temporary tree protection fencing required by this plan shall be installed prior to commencement of clearing and grading of the site and shall remain in place until the bond is released for the project. Failure to install and maintain temporary or permanent tree protective devices is a violation of this TCP2.

e.

Woodland preservation areas shall be posted with signage as shown on the plans at the same time as the temporary TPF installation. These signs must remain in perpetuity.

Removal of Hazardous Trees or Limbs by Developers or Builders f.

The developer and/or builder is responsible for the complete preservation of all forested areas shown on the approved plan to remain undisturbed. Only trees or parts thereof designated by the county as dead, dying, or hazardous may be removed.

g.

A tree is considered hazardous if a condition is present which leads a Certified Arborist or Licensed Tree Expert to believe that the tree or a portion of the tree has a potential to fall and strike a structure, parking area, or other high use area and result in personal injury or property damage.

h.

During the initial stages of clearing and grading, if hazardous trees are present, or trees are present that are not hazardous but are leaning into the disturbed area, the permitee shall remove said trees using a chain saw. Corrective measures requiring the removal of the hazardous tree or portions thereof shall require authorization by the county inspector. Only after approval by the inspector may the tree be cut by chainsaw to near the existing ground

August 2010 Appendix A-28

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 2 Environmental Technical Manual

level. The stump shall not be removed or covered with soil, mulch or other materials that would inhibit sprouting. i.

If a tree or trees become hazardous prior to bond release for the project, due to storm events or other situations not resulting from an action by the permitee, prior to removal, a Certified Arborist or a Licensed Tree Expert must certify that the tree or the portion of the tree in question has a potential to fall and strike a structure, parking area, or other high use area and may result in personal injury or property damage. If a tree or portions thereof are in imminent danger of striking a structure, parking area, or other high use area and may result in personal injury or property damage then the certification is not required and the permitee shall take corrective action immediately. The condition of the area shall be fully documented through photographs prior to corrective action being taken. The photos shall be submitted to the inspector for documentation of the damage.

If corrective pruning may alleviate a hazardous condition, the Certified Arborist or a Licensed Tree Expert may proceed without further authorization. The pruning must be done in accordance with the latest edition of the appropriate ANSI A-300 Pruning Standards. The condition of the area shall be fully documented through photographs prior to corrective action being taken. The photos shall be submitted to the inspector for documentation of the damage.

Debris from the tree removal or pruning that occurs within 35 feet of the woodland edge may be removed and properly disposed of by recycling, chipping or other acceptable methods. All debris that is more than 35 feet from the woodland edge shall be cut up to allow contact with the ground, thus encouraging decomposition. The smaller materials shall be placed into brush piles that will serve as wildlife habitat.

Tree work to be completed within a road right-of-way requires a permit from the Maryland Department of Natural Resources unless the tree removal is shown within the approved limits of disturbance on a TCP2. The work is required to be conducted by a Licensed Tree Expert.

If development is proposed to be completed in phases: j.

Work on this project will be initiated in several phases. All temporary TPFs required for a given phase shall be installed prior to any disturbance within that phase of work.

If existing trees are proposed for use as protection for preservation areas: k.

Tree protection fencing (TPFs) is not required for all or portions of this plan because an undisturbed 100-foot buffer of open land /or a 50-foot forested buffer is being maintained between the limit of disturbance (LOD) and the woodland preservation areas. If the LOD changes and the change impacts these buffers, the county inspector shall be contacted to evaluate the change to determine if a revision to the tree conservation plan is necessary or if installation of TPFs will be required.

If debris piles are noted on the FSD and located in preservation areas: l.

Debris piles shown in woodland preservation areas shall be removed by hand without the use of mechanical equipment within the preservation area. Chains may be used to pull debris out

August 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 3 Appendix A-29

of the preservation areas. Caution must be used not to damage remaining vegetation.

When afforestation/reforestation is proposed: Afforestation and Reforestation Notes a.

All afforestation and reforestation bonds, based on square footage, shall be posted with the county prior to the issuance of any permits. These bonds will be retained as surety until all required activities have been satisfied or the required timeframe for maintenance has passed, whichever is longer.

b.

The planting of afforestation or reforestation areas shall be completed prior to the issuance of the first building permit. (This standard note may be modified as necessary to address which building permits are adjacent to the proposed planting area.) Seedling planting is to occur from November through May only. No planting shall be done while ground is frozen. Planting with larger caliper stock or containerized stock may be done at any time provided a detailed maintenance schedule is provided.

c.

If planting cannot occur due to planting conditions, the developer or property owner shall install the fencing and signage in accordance with the approved Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan. Planting shall then be accomplished during the next planting season. If planting is delayed beyond the transfer of the property title to the homeowner, the developer or builder shall obtain a signed statement from the purchaser indicating that they understand that the reforestation area is located on their property and that reforestation will occur during the next planting season. A copy of that document shall be presented to the Grading Inspector and the county.

d.

Reforestation areas shall not be mowed. The management of competing vegetation around individual trees and the removal of noxious, invasive, and non-native vegetation within the reforestation areas is acceptable.

e.

All required temporary tree protection fencing shall be installed prior to the clearing and grading of the site and shall remain in place until the permanent tree protection fencing is installed with the required planting. The temporary fencing is not required to be installed if the permanent fencing is installed prior to clearing and grading of the site. Failure to install and maintain temporary or permanent tree protective fencing is a violation of this TCP2.

f.

Afforestation/reforestation areas shall be posted with notification signage, as shown on the plans, at the same time as the permanent protection fencing installation. These signs shall remain in perpetuity.

g. The county inspector shall be notified prior to soil preparation or initiation of any tree planting on this site. h.

At time of issuance of the first permit, the following information shall be submitted to the M-NCPPC Planning Department regarding the contractor responsible for implementation of this plan: contractor name; business name (if different); address; and phone number.

August 2010 Appendix A-30

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 4 Environmental Technical Manual

Results of annual survival checks for each of the required four years after tree planting shall be reported to the M-NCPPC, Planning Department. i.

Failure to establish the afforestation or reforestation within the prescribed time frame will result in the forfeiture of the reforestation bond and/or a violation of this plan including the associated $9.00 per square foot penalty unless the county inspector approves a written extension.

Planting Specification Notes 1. Quantity: (See Plant Schedule) 2. Type: (See Plant Schedule) 3. Plant Quality Standards: The plants selected shall be healthy and sturdy representatives of their species. Seedlings shall have a minimum top growth of 18”. The diameter of the root collar (the part of the root just below ground level) shall be at least 3/8”. The roots shall be well developed and at least 8” long, No more than twenty –five percent (25%) of the root system (both primary and auxiliary/fibrous roots shall be present.

Plants that do not have an abundance of well developed terminal buds on the leaders and branches shall be rejected.

Plants shall be shipped by the nursery immediately after lifting from the field or removal from the green house, and planted immediately upon receipt by the landscape contractor.

If the plants cannot be planted immediately after delivery to the reforestation site, they shall be stored in the shade with their root masses protected from direct exposure to sun and wind by the use of straw, peat moss, compost, or other suitable material and shall be maintained through periodic watering, until the time of planting.

4. Plant Handling: the quantity of seedlings taken to the field shall not exceed the quantity that can be planted in a day. Seedlings, once removed from the nursery or temporary storage area shall be planted immediately.

5. Timing of Planting: The best time to plant seedlings is while they are dormant, prior to spring budding. The most suitable months for planting are March and April, when the soil is moist, but may be planted from March through November. No planting shall be done while ground is frozen. Planting shall occur within one growing season of the issuance of grading /building permits and/or reaching the final grades and stabilization of planting areas.

6. Seedling Planting: Tree seedlings shall be hand planted using a dibble bar or sharp-shooter shovel. It is important that the seedling be placed in the hole so that the roots can spread out naturally; they should not be twisted, balled up or bent. Moist soil should then be packed firmly around the roots. Seedlings should be planted at a depth where their roots lie just below the ground surface. Air pockets should not be left after closing the hole which would allow the roots to dry out. See planting details for further explanation. If the

August 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 5 Appendix A-31

contractor wishes to plant by another method, the preparer of this tree conservation plan must be contacted and give his approval before planting may begin.

7. Spacing: See Plant Schedule and/or Planting Plan for spacing requirements. Also refer to the Planting Layout detail for a description of the general planting theory.

8. Soil: Upon the completion of all grading operations, a soil test shall be conducted to determine what soil preparation and soil amendments, if any, are necessary to create good tree growing conditions. Soil samples shall be taken at a rate that provides one soil sample for each area that appears to have a different soil type (if the entire area appears uniform, then only one sample is necessary), and submitted for testing to a private company. The company of choice shall make recommendations for improving the existing soil. The soil will be tested and recommended for corrections of soil texture, pH, magnesium, phosphorus, potassium, calcium and organic matter.

9. Soil Improvement Measures: the soil shall then be improved according to the recommendations made by the testing company.

10. Fencing and Signage: Final protective fencing shall be placed on the visible and/or development side of planting areas. The final protective fence shall be installed upon completion of planting operations unless it was installed during the initial stages of development. Signs shall be posted per the signage detail on this sheet.

11. Planting method: Consult the Planting Detail(s) shown on this plan.

12. Mulching: Apply two-inch thick layer of woodchip or shredded hardwood mulch (as noted) to each plating site (see detail shown on this plan).

13. Groundcover Establishment: the remaining disturbed area between seedling planting sites shall be seeded and stabilized with white clover seed at the rate of 5 lbs/acre.

14. Mowing: No mowing shall be allowed in any planting area.

15. Survival Check for Bond Release: The seedling planting is to be checked at the end of each year for four years to assure that no less than 75% of the original planted quantity survives. If the minimum number has not been provided the area must be supplemented with additional seedlings to reach the required number at time of planting.

16. Source of Seedlings: state name, address, and phone number of nursery or supplier.

When areas designated for reforestation will be reforested by natural regeneration the following notes shall be added to the plan: Natural Regeneration Notes All areas designated for reforestation shall be reforested by natural regeneration.

The following requirements and conditions apply:

August 2010 Appendix A-32

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 6 Environmental Technical Manual

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

All existing turf, ground covers, and invasive species shall be exterminated using a general broadcast herbicide such as “Round-Up” or equivalent. Secondary applications shall be applied as necessary.

Care shall be taken to avoid spraying any hardwood seedlings or saplings.

Roto-tilling of turf areas and manual removal of invasive vines shall be completed two weeks after chemical treatments are completed.

Reforestation signs shall be installed every fifty feet or as appropriate and two strand wire fencing shall be installed along road frontages adjacent to any reforestation areas.

Reforestation internal to the site shall be posted as required in the direction of any trails used to reach those areas.

Natural regeneration shall be encouraged by semi-annual maintenance of the designated areas. The maintenance shall, at a minimum, require removal of competitive and invasive species from the desired indigenous hardwoods. This maintenance shall occur for a period of two years.

After one and two years all desirable seedlings and saplings shall be counted and flagged with surveyors tape in the late fall.

If after two years there is less than one seedling per 60 square feet and there are indications that natural regeneration is not occurring adequately then the owners shall plant those areas with container grown seedlings at a rate of one per 60 square feet. Only naturally occurring species already present within the site shall be used.

A Four-Year Management Plan for Re/Afforestation shall be added to the plan as follows: Four-Year Management Plan for Re/Afforestion Areas Field check the re-afforestation area according to the following schedule: Year 1:

Site preparation and Tree Planting Survival check once annually (September-November) see Note 1) Watering is needed (2 x month) Control of undesirable vegetation as needed (1 x in June and 1 x in September min.)

Year 2-3:

Reinforcement planting is needed (See Note 2) Survival check once annually (September-November) Control of undesirable vegetation if needed (1 x in May and 1 x in August min.)

Year 4:

Reinforcement planting if needed. (See Note 2) Survival check (September –November) 1. Survival Check: Check planted stock against plant list (or as- built) by walking the site and taking inventory. Plants must show vitality. Submit field data forms (Condition Check Sheets) to owner after each inspection. Remove all dead plants.

2. Reinforcement Planting: Replace dead or missing plants in sufficient quantity to bring the total number of live plants to at least 75% of the number originally planted. If a particular species suffers unusually high mortality, replace with an alternative plant type.

August 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 7 Appendix A-33

3. Miscellaneous: Fertilization or watering during years 1 through 3 will be done on an as needed basis. Special return operations or recommendations will be conducted on an as needed basis.

When off-site woodland conservation is proposed: Prior to the issuance of the first permit for the development shown on this TCP2, all off site woodland conservation required by this plan shall be identified on an approved TCP2 plan and recorded as an off-site easement in the land records of Prince George’s County. Proof of recordation of the off-site conservation shall be provided to the M-NCPPC, Planning Department prior to issuance of any permit for the associated plan.

Add the applicable invasive plan removal notes if afforestation is used on an off-site woodland conservation bank.

When the use of fee-in-lieu is proposed: All required fee-in-lieu payments shall be made to the Woodland Conservation Fund. Proof of deposit shall be provided prior to issuance of any permits related to this TCP2 unless the project is phased. Phased projects shall pay the fee-in-lieu amount for each phase prior to the issuance of any permit for that phase and shown in the fee-in-lieu breakdown on this TCP2.

When invasive plant species are to be removed by the permittee: (use the applicable notes based on the invasive plant removal plan) a.

Invasive plant removal shall be completed prior to __________ (insert timing mechanism) and conform to the recommendations of the invasive plant removal plan shown on the plan prepared by _____________ (insert the qualified professional’s name who prepared the invasive plant removal recommendations) dated ____________.

b.

The removal of noxious, invasive, and non-natives plant species shall be done with the use of hand-held equipment only such as pruners or a chain saw. These plants may be cut near the ground and the material less than two inches diameter may be removed from the area and disposed of appropriately. All material from these noxious, invasive, and non-native plants greater than two (2) inches diameter shall be cut to allow contact with the ground, thus encouraging decomposition.

c.

The use of broadcast spraying of herbicides is not permitted. However, the use of herbicides to discourage re-sprouting of invasive, noxious, or non-native plants is permitted if done as an application of the chemical directly to the cut stump immediately following cutting of plant tops. The use of any herbicide shall be done in accordance with the label instructions and be applied by a certified pesticide applicator.

When Virginia pines are present within 40 feet of the limits of disturbance in a preservation area: a.

The subject property contains Virginia pines (Pinus virginiana) that are subject to wind throw.

August 2010 Appendix A-34

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 8 Environmental Technical Manual

All Virginia pines greater than 6 inches in diameter within 40 feet of the final proposed limit of disturbance or the boundary of the property shall be cut down by hand during the clearing of the site. b.

After the Virginia pines have been removed, the contractor responsible for implementation of this TCP2 shall submit an evaluation of the stocking levels for the residual stand, management techniques to be applied to the residual stand, and supplemental planting requirements to the M-NCPPC Planning Department. This evaluation shall be submitted prior to the issuance of the first building permit to ensure that all high risk trees have been removed. A planting schedule and/or details for the management of natural regeneration to fully restock the site must be shown on the plan.

POST DEVELOPMENT NOTES When woodlands and/or specimen, historic or champion trees are to remain: a.

If the developer or builder no longer has an interest in the property and the new owner desires to remove a hazardous tree or portion thereof, the new owner shall obtain a written statement from a Certified Arborist or Licensed Tree Expert identifying the hazardous condition and the proposed corrective measures prior to having the work conducted. After proper documentation has been completed per the handout “Guidance for Prince George’s County Property Owners, Preservation of Woodland Conservation Areas”, the arborist or tree expert may then remove the tree. The stump shall be cut as close to the ground as possible and left in place. The removal or grinding of the stumps in the woodland conservation area is not permitted.

If a tree or portions thereof are in imminent danger of striking a structure, parking area, or other high use area and may result in personal injury or property damage then the certification is not required and the permitee shall take corrective action immediately. The condition of the area shall be fully documented through photographs prior to corrective action being taken. The photos shall be submitted to the inspector for documentation of the damage.

Tree work to be completed within a road right-of-way requires a permit from the Maryland Department of Natural Resources unless the tree removal is shown within the approved limits of disturbance on a TCP2. The work is required to be conducted by a Licensed Tree Expert.

b.

The removal of noxious, invasive, and non-native plant species from any woodland preservation area shall be done with the use of hand-held equipment only (pruners or a chain saw). These plants may be cut near the ground and material less than two inches diameter may be removed from the area and disposed of appropriately. All material from these noxious, invasive, and non-native plants greater than two (2) inches diameter shall be cut to allow contact with the ground, thus encouraging decomposition.

c.

The use of broadcast spraying of herbicides is not permitted. However, the use of herbicides to discourage re-sprouting of invasive, noxious, or non-native plants is permitted if done as

August 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 9 Appendix A-35

an application of the chemical directly to the cut stump immediately following cutting of plant tops. The use of any herbicide shall be done in accordance with the label instructions. d.

The use of chainsaws is extremely dangerous and should not be conducted with poorly maintained equipment, without safety equipment, or by individuals not trained in the use of this equipment for the pruning and/or cutting of trees.

Protection of Reforestation and Afforestation Areas by Individual Homeowners a.

Reforestation fencing and signage shall remain in place in accordance with the approved Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan.

b.

Reforestation areas shall not be mowed; however, the management of competing vegetation and removal of noxious, invasive, and non-native vegetation around individual trees is acceptable.

August 2010 Appendix A-36

A-3, TCP2-2 Page 10 Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-15.Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan Preparation and Review Checklist for Woodland Conservation Banking PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY: TYPE 2 TREE CONSERVATION PLAN PREPARATION AND REVIEW CHECKLIST FOR WOODLAND CONSERVATION BANKING (Based on CB-027-2010 and Environmental Technical Manual: Effective September 1, 2010) Project Name: _________________________________________________________________________________ TCP 1 Number (if applicable): ___________________

Associated Plan: ______________________

Prepared By: _________________________________

Date________________________________

The TCP 2 must include the entire area of the site and use the standard line types and symbols as provided by EPS. An approved NRI is required for all proposed woodland conservation banks. The NRI must be prepared in accordance with all applicable requirements of the Technical Manual. (Refer to Part B, Natural Resource Inventories).

A.

GENERAL INFORMATION

___

___

Includes the entire legal boundaries of the site Vicinity map, north arrow, scale (at the same scale as the associated plan, but no greater than 1" = 50') Legend or Key to all symbols, shading, and patterns used on the plan. (The legend shall be shown on each sheet of the plan containing views of the site. The standard symbols established by EPS shall be used) Revision box (All revisions made to a TCP shall be shown in the revision box along with a brief description of the revision, the date, and the initials of the person making the revision.)

Qualified Professional name, address, phone number, e-mail, stamp (if applicable), signature, and date of plan certification EPS approval block

B.

EXISTING SITE FEATURES AS SHOWN ON AN APPROVED NRI

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

Property boundaries with bearings and distances Parcel/lot numbers and area/s per legal description Topography (2’ maximum contour intervals) Physical site features shown such as buildings, roads, driveways, etc.

Woodlands and trees (must extend 100’off the property line on all sides) All specimen trees and their critical root zones Specimen Tree Table showing tree number, species, size, condition and comments on the reason for the determination of the condition, proposed disposition and any comments regarding special preservation treatments or recommendations. A note should also be added to indicate that the trees were survey located.

(All trees within 100 feet of the proposed LOD shall be survey located.)

Regulated streams and their required buffers (buffers measured from top of bank) Wetlands and their required buffers (If wetlands exist on-site and an NRI was not previously required, the FSD submission must also include a wetland study) 100-year floodplain and required twenty-five (25) foot building setback for residential applications (package must also include the source of the FP delineation and verification of its location by DPW&T).

Critical habitat areas as obtained from the Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Wildlife and Heritage Division.

Forest Interior Dwelling Species (FIDS) habitat and designated buffers Location of PMA (from the approved NRI, approved TCP 1 or delineated per Part B, Section 4.6 of the Environmental Technical Manual) Steep slopes (slopes 15% in grade and greater shown for the establishment of the PMA only. If the PMA was established on the NRI or TCP 1, then steep slopes should not be shown) Historic sites labeled as listed in the latest edition of “Illustrated Inventory of Historic Sites and District Plan for Prince George’s County, Maryland.”

Note presence or absence of scenic or historic roads as listed in the “Designated Scenic and Historic Road List for Prince George’s County”

___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

August, 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-3 Page 1 Appendix A-37

TCP2 Checklist for Off-site Banking Revised August, 2010 Page 2

___ ___ ___ ___

Note included to indicate if the site is adjacent to or in the vicinity of any roadways designated or master planned as arterial or higher per Part B, Section 4.11 of the Environmental Technical Manual.

Unmitigated 65 dBA Ldn noise contour shown and labeled Utilities and their associated easements if applicable All other easements

C.

WOODLAND CONSERVATION INFORMATION

___ ___

___ ___

Woodland Conservation Worksheet (appropriate worksheet must show zoning and proper calculations of all acreages to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre; do not deduct land from the gross tract area that has not, to date, been dedicated) Standard TCP2 notes and other TCP2 notes that may be appropriate Woodlands clearly identified by the treatment proposed (Cleared Floodplain Area, Cleared Off-Site Area, Woodland Preservation Area, Woodland Reforestation/Afforestation Area, Woodland Preserved-Not Credited, Woodland Retained-Assumed Cleared, Natural Regeneration Area, etc.) using standard symbols and labels as established in the Environmental Technical Manual Acreage shown to the nearest 1/100th acre for each of the woodland treatment areas shown All woodland conservation areas are a minimum width of fifty- (50) feet except where these areas abut other protected woodlands previously protected by a TCP or other prior approved mechanism, such as a conservation easement, and where the combined total of these areas total 50 feet in width. Landscaped areas may be thirty-five (35) feet in width.

There are no woodland conservation areas located on lots less than one (1) acre in size; within 40 feet of the front and rear of all building footprints; within 20 feet of the sides of all building footprints; within 30 feet of a commercial or industrial building; within 10 feet of the rear lot line of a town house; or within 5 feet of a parking lot. These dimensions are shown on the plan.

Woodland preservation is not located within the 100-year floodplain, utility easements, or other areas where control of the land and its preservation is not possible If land to be dedicated or conveyed contains woodland conservation of any kind, approval of the future property owner shall be obtained and provided with the TCP 2 if not provided on a previous TCP 1 For TCP 2s with more than one sheet, a Woodland Conservation Summary Table as shown in Part A, Section 6.2 of the Environmental Technical Manual has been provided on the cover sheet For projects where woodland conservation is located on lots/parcels, a “Lot-by-Lot table” has been provided with areas listed for Woodland Preservation, Woodland Reforestation/Afforestation, Woodland Preserved-Not Credited, Woodland Retained-Assumed Cleared, and Natural Regeneration for each applicable lot Proposed building locations (to be represented by actual proposed building footprints or the maximum limits of proposed construction) Proposed grading and proposed limits of disturbance to include all sediment and erosion control devices, stockpiles and other areas that need to be cleared during construction All information is clear. Graphic patterns, line types, and symbols are from “Standard List of Symbols” with all required text and labeling shown.

A note regarding the location and current possession of “previously dedicated land”

D.

SPECIMEN TREES (Use this section when grading or disturbing the critical root zone of any specimen tree shown on the plan)

__

Information has been provided on the species, diameter at breast height, crown height, average crown spread, general vigor and potential for retention.

Grading, structures, and any other activities that are proposed within the root zone have been shown.

Proposed limits of disturbance (LOD) have been shown on the plan.

Details for time of occurrence, equipment to be used, and any special practices for root pruning that may be necessary have been provided.

__ __ __

August, 2010 Appendix A-38

A-3, TCP2-3 Page 2 Environmental Technical Manual

TCP2 Checklist for Off-site Banking Revised August, 2010 Page 3

__ __ __ __

E.

Details for any top pruning that may be necessary have been provided.

Details of any fertilization or irrigation practices that are to be used have been provided.

Graphic and written details have been provided for all temporary or permanent tree protective devices to be used.

Details about berms or swales that are to be constructed to prevent silt or contaminated runoff from wash pads, materials stock piles, vehicle parking areas, or equipment maintenance and storage areas from washing into the tree's root zone have been provided. Locations are shown on the plan.

SITE PROTECTION AND SIGNAGE Type and location of all tree protection devices are shown.

Details for all protection devices are shown.

All sign locations are shown.

All sign details are shown.

Statement on plan stating that the signs for planted areas are to remain in perpetuity; (signs for preservation areas may be removed after use and occupancy) Sign locations and details are shown for all woodland conservation preservation areas along the limits of disturbance and along roadways.

F.

AFFORESTATION/REFORESTATION AREAS (The following items must be addressed in text form and/or graphically shown on the plan)

Soil Conditions Amended soil ph.

Soil compaction corrected Topsoil minimum depth Soil amendments? Organic other Soils stabilized?

Structural Vegetative Mulch Soils free of contaminants (oil products, concentrated soluble salts, ferrous iron, soluble aluminum, soluble manganese, and herbicides).

Hydrology Hydrology of planting sites is suited to species selected.

Presence of Invasive Species ___ Invasive species present on site ___ Management plan for invasive species Site Preparation Ground cover will not adversely impact tree growth.

Control of competing vegetation around trees.

Planting Stock Afforestation and reforestation is being provided on lots greater than one (1) acre in size.

Planting stock seed source is from within the geographic region suited for growth in this area.

Planting stock size is specified (seedling, whip, 1" caliper, 2" caliper, etc.)

Planting stock meets the standards set by the American Nursery and Landscape Association.

Seedling stock meets the following criteria: Hardwoods 1/4" to 1/2" caliper with roots no less than 8" long Conifers 1/8" to 1/4" caliper with roots not less than 8"long and top height of 6" or more August, 2010 Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-3, TCP2-3 Page 3 Appendix A-39

TCP2 Checklist for Off-site Banking Revised August, 2010 Page 4

Shrubs 1/8" or larger caliper with 8" root system Containerized stock used has been noted.

Species and quantities used are specified.

Planting pattern is identified.

Planting Methods Detail of planting by hand.

Detail of planting by machine.

Schedule of tree planting activities (start and completion of each phase of work).

Detail of planting method used for larger caliper stock. (A larger planting bed must be utilized. This should not be a drilled or dug hole 6 to 12 inches larger than the root ball or container) Planting Management Plan Information on site and tree maintenance is listed.

Company or individual responsible for tree care is listed on the plan or detail sheet.

Term of the Plan is no less than five years.

Final expected survival is indicated.

Follow-up care and maintenance (watering, fertilization, weeding, support plantings, etc. must be addressed).

Afforestation/Reforestation Notes All applicable notes from the afforestation/reforestation section of the standard TCP 2 notes.

Natural Regeneration ___ Sufficient seed source ___ Sampling points taken in areas under regeneration that has not yet achieved status of woodlands

August, 2010 Appendix A-40

A-3, TCP2-3 Page 4 Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix A-41

Woodland Conservation Bank Identifier

Woodland Conservation Credits Total (acres) Off-Site Preservation (acres) 2:1

Off-Site Afforestation (acres) 1:1

Afforestation Area Available ( acres)

August 2010

Preservation Area Available (acres) Recordation Information (Liber/Folio)

Benefiting TCP2

OFF-SITE WOODLAND CONSERVATION BANK SUMMARY TABLE

TCP-16.Off-Site Woodland Conservation Bank Summary Table

Benefiting Property

Approval Date

A-3, TCP2-4 Page 1

Reviewer

TCP-17.Woodland Preservation Area Sign

Appendix A-42

August 2010

A-4, DET-1

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-18.Reforestation Area Sign

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-4, DET-2

Appendix A-43

TCP-19.Specimen Tree Sign

Appendix A-44

August 2010

A-4, DET-3

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-20.Type 1 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence Detail for Woodland Preservation Areas

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-4, DET-4

Appendix A-45

TCP-21.Temporary Fence Protection Detail for Woodland Preservation

Appendix A-46

August 2010

A-4, DET-5

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-22.Type 2 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence for Reforestation Areas

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-4, DET-6

Appendix A-47

TCP-23.Type 3 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence Combination Earth Dike and Tree Protection

Appendix A-48

August 2010

A-4, DET-7

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-24.Type 4 (Temporary) Tree Protection Fence Combination Silt Fence and Tree

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-4, DET-8

Appendix A-49

TCP-25.Permanent (Split Rail) Tree Protection Fence for Reforestation Areas

Appendix A-50

August 2010

A-4, DET-9

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-26.Root Pruning Detail

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-4, DET-10

Appendix A-51

TCP-27.Tree Pruning Detail

Appendix A-52

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-28.Planting Distribution Patterns

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix A-53

TCP-29.Tree Planting and Maintenance Calendar

Appendix A-54

August 2010

A-4, DET-13

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-30.Container Grown and B&B Planting Techniques

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-4, DET-14

Appendix A-55

TCP-31.Handling Bare Root Stock

August 2010

Appendix A-56

A-4, DET-15

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-32.Seedling and Whip Planting Techniques

August 2010

Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-4, DET-16

Appendix A-57

TCP-33.Seedling Planting Techniques

August 2010

Appendix A-58

A-4, DET-17

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-34.Tree Staking and Guying Specifications

August 2010

Prince George’s County Planning Department

A-4, DET-18

Appendix A-59

TCP-35.Site Stocking

Appendix A-60

Environmental Technical Manual August 2010

A-4, DET-19

TCP-36.Property Owners Awareness Certificate

Property Owners Awareness Certificate

I/ We ___________________________________ hereby acknowledge that we are aware of this Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP2) and that we understand the requirements as set forth in this TCP2. _____________________________________________________________________________________ Owner or Owners Representative Date I/ We ___________________________________ hereby acknowledge that we are aware of this Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP2) and that we understand the requirements as set forth in this TCP2. _____________________________________________________________________________________ Contract Purchaser Date

August 2010

Prince George’s County Planning Department

A‐4, DET‐20 Appendix A-61

TCP-37.Reforestation Certification Form and Instructions

Appendix A-62

August 2010

A-4, DET-21

Environmental Technical Manual

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

A-4, DET-21

Appendix A-63

TCP-38.Environmental Planning Section Approval Blocks

STANDARD SIGNATURE BLOCKS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PLANS

For TCP1 Plans:

For TCP2 Plans:

M-NCPPC Prince George's County Planning Department Environmental Planning Section APPROVAL TREE CONSERVATION PLAN TCP1- Approved by Date

M-NCPPC Prince George's County Planning Department Environmental Planning Section APPROVAL TREE CONSERVATION PLAN TCP2- Approved by Date

01 02 03 04 05

01 02 03 04 05

For Natural Resource Inventories ONLY:

M-NCPPC Prince George's County Planning Department Environmental Planning Section APPROVAL NATURAL RESOURCES INVENTORY NRI- Approved by Date 01 02 03 04

August 2010

Appendix A-64

A‐4, DET‐22 Page 1

Environmental Technical Manual

TCP-39.Type 2 Tree Conservation Application

M-NCPPC  Countywide Planning Division, Environmental Planning Section Last Updated: June 2016 Prince George’s County Planning Department14741 Governor Oden Bowie Drive, Upper Marlboro, Maryland 20772 301-952-3650

TYPE 2 TREE CONSERVATION APPLICATION FORM APPLICANTS DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE Plan Type: TCP2 (SF) ____ TCP2 (MF or C) ____ Acceptance Date: ___________________

Case No.(s): _______________________________

Plan Reviewer: ________________________ Receipt Number ________________

Filing Fee: __________________ Calculation Method: (for TCPs only) ______________________________________________

APPLICANT TO FILL OUT ALL REMAINING SECTIONS

Payment by check, money order, or cashier’s check ONLY – made payable to M-NCPPC APPLICATION TYPE: ___ Type 2 TCP for single-family residential use or Woodland Conservation Bank ($50 plus $10 per lot or parcel) ___ Type 2 TCP for multi-family or non-residential use ($100 plus $25 per acre) Name on Check: __________________________ Check No. _______

Revision to Approved Plan # ______________

PROJECT NAME: Geographic Location (related to or near major intersection): Street Address (if available): Companion Case(s): (TCP1, TCP2, Preliminary Plan, Site Plan, or Special Exception) (If SDP or DSP, the TCP2 is submitted to DRD with the companion case)

Total Area (acres): Area of Revision: Total Number of Lots or Parcels: No. of Lots or Parcels Revised: Lot Numbers/Blocks/Parcels:

Tax Map/Grid:

Council District:

WSSC Grid:

Election District:

Plat Book/Page:

Planning Area:

Subdivision Name:

Municipality(ies):

Policy Analysis Zone:

Current Zone(s):

Overlay Zone(s):

Tax Account Number:

Environmental Strategy Area (ESA) Subwatershed: (Plan 2035): __1 __ 2 __ 3 __ 4 Is this site in a Priority Funding Area (PFA)? __ Yes __ No Is there a historic site or resource on the subject property?

__ Yes

__ No

Basin: Anacostia

Potomac

Patuxent

Historic Site ID ____________________

Has a Historic Area Work Permit (HAWP) application been filed with the Historic Preservation Commission? __ Yes __ No Proposed Use, Activity, Revision, and/or Request:

List and provide copies of resolutions of previously approved applications affecting the subject property or state not applicable (N/A):

Property Owner Name(s), Address and Phone:

SIGNATURE

Contact Person, Name, Address, Phone Number & Fax:

Contact E-mail address: (Signature required is either the property owner OR the property owner’s authorized representative)

Signature

Printed Name

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Date

Relationship to Property Owner

Last Updated: June 2016

Appendix A-65

TCP-40.Woodland Conservation Exemption Application

M-NCPPC − Countywide Planning Division, Environmental Planning Section // Send to: PPD-EnvPlanning@ppd.mncppc.org Prince George’s County Planning Department ♦ 14741 Governor Oden Bowie Drive, Upper Marlboro, Maryland 20772 ♦ 301-952-3650

APPLICATION FOR WOODLAND CONSERVATION LETTER OF EXEMPTION (WCO-Ex) APPLICATION APPLICANT TO FILL OUT THIS SECTION - Refer FORM to www.PGAtlas.com for Information HOVER OVER BLANK FIELDS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Agent/Contact Name, Company, Address, Phone & E-mail:

Property Owner Name, Address, and Contact Info:

Agent/Contact

Payment by check, money order, or cashier’s check ONLY – made payable to M-NCPPC

Please indicate name of project, address, or other identifying information on payment. Do not staple payment.

Name on Check: ______________________________

Check No. _____________

APPLICATION FEE - $50.00

Signature: __________________

Gov't Projects - Fee Waived

Date: __________________

PROJECT/PROPERTY NAME: Street Address (if available), otherwise Geographic Location in relation to nearest major road intersection: Companion Case(s) and/or Resolution(s) - Preliminary Plan, Site Plan, Special Exception, etc.: Total Area (acres): Total Number of Lots

Tax Account #(s): and/or Parcels:

WSSC Grid: Environmental Strategy Area (ESA): Located under the Environ1 2 3 4 mental heading in PGAtlas

Current Zone(s): Proposed Woodland Clearing (ft2):

Lot/Block/Parcel(s): Proposed Activity:

Preparer Qualifications:

SITE PLAN: Date:

ID #:

Firm:

Prepared by:

RESPONSE (TO BE COMPLETED BY EPS STAFF) APPLICATION TYPE:

Numbered Exemption

Staff Reviewer: _____________

Standard Exemption

Receipt Number: _____________

Exemption Number:

Filing Fee: ____________

Your request for a Standard Letter of Exemption from the Prince George’s County Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance (WCO) is hereby approved. This Standard Letter of Exemption is issued because the property has no previous TCP approvals and: Is less than 40,000 square feet in size; and/or Contains less than 10,000 square feet of woodland; or The project is subject to the Maryland Forest Conservation Act and will be reviewed by Department of Natural Resources Your request for a Numbered Letter of Exemption from the Prince George’s County Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance (WCO) is hereby approved. This Letter of Exemption is issued because the site is over 40,000 square feet in size and contains over 10,000 square feet of woodland; however the project has no previous TCP approvals and: Results in the clearing of less than 5,000 square feet of woodland (area of proposed clearing is ______ ft2); or The project is a government or linear project that results in the clearing of less than 20,000 square feet of woodland (area of proposed clearing is ______ ft2); or The proposed activity is for a timber harvest.

This letter is valid for two years from approval or until such time as the cumulative woodland disturbance exceeds the minimum specified above during the validity period. If a development review application (preliminary plan, detailed site plan, etc. is required, the Numbered Exemption may be considered invalid in accordance with Section 25-119(b)(5)(A). A copy of this letter must be submitted at time of development activity or permit application.

Approval Date: Staff Signature Approval:

Expiration Date: Last Updated: March 2019

Appendix A-66

Environmental Technical Manual

Appendix B Natural Resources Inventory (NRI)

NRI-1.NRI Equivalency Letter Application M-NCPPC  Countywide Planning Division, Environmental Planning Section // Send to: PPD-EnvPlanning@ppd.mncppc.org Prince George’s County Planning Department  14741 Governor Oden Bowie Drive, Upper Marlboro, Maryland 20772  301-952-3650

APPLICATION FOR NATURAL RESOURCES INVENTORY EQUIVALENCY LETTER (NRI-EL) APPLICANT TO FILL OUT THIS SECTION - Refer to www.PGAtlas.com for Information HOVER OVER BLA NK FIELDS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Agent/Contact Name, Company, Address, Phone & E-mail:

Property Owner Name(s), Address & Phone:

Agent/Contact

PROJECT/PROPERTY NAME: Street Address:

Signature: __________________

Geographic Location: Total Area (acres):

Date: __________________ Proposed Limits of Disturbance [LOD] ft2:

Lot/Block/Parcel(s):

Current Zone(s):

Tax Account #(s):

WSSC Grid: Environmental Strategy Area (ESA): Located under the Environ3 2 1 mental Category in PGAtlas

4

Proposed Activity: Please List:

Will the proposed project require a Subdivision or Zoning application?: Concurrent and Previous NRI, TCP1, TCP2, & Other Applicable Applications:

Environmental Technical Manual Link

NRI-EL CHECKLIST (TO BE COMPLETED BY APPLICANT)

REQUIRED For All NRI-EL Applications: Proposed Site Plan, Containing ALL of the Following: Signature from a Qualified Professional as defined under COMAR 08.19.06.01 Legible Limits of Disturbance (LOD) General Information Table (see Procedural Guidelines)

Procedural Guidelines for NRI-EL Application Submission (ext. PDF)

For Project Type 1 only:

Project Type 2 only:

If Exempt from Woodland Conservation, submit one of the following:

Select one or more previously approved and implemented plans for project site: Type II or Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan (TCP2)

Application for Letter of Exemption, and: Application Fee Included in Submission Copy of a previously Issued Letter of Exemption (Standard or Numbered)

CBCA Conservation Plan Other Environmental Information Deemed Sufficient by Staff - [Provide Explanation]

RESPONSE (TO BE COMPLETED BY EPS STAFF) Date Received: ____________

Date Accepted: ____________

Reviewer Assigned: ____________

NRI Number:

This APPROVAL for the above referenced project and location is based upon information using the submitted proposed site plan, the most current aerial imagery, and data sourced from PGAtlas.com at the time of reviewal. At any point following an approval, if the scope of the proposed activity or limits of disturbance changes significantly, a full NRI may be required. This letter is valid for five years from the date of issuance, or until such time as a different development activity is proposed; whichever comes first. The submitted request was found to meet the following checked criteria: The site qualifies for a Standard or Numbered Letter of Exemption Conservation Ordinance.

from the Prince George’s County Woodland and Wildlife Habitat

The site has a previously approved and implemented Type 2 Tree Conservation Plan

.

The submitted proposed site plan, dated and prepared by demonstrates that no regulated environmental features are located on the subject site or no on-site regulated environmental features will be impacted.

The submitted proposed site plan, dated and prepared by shows that the proposed work will not result in any significant changes to the limits of disturbance of the previously approved TCP2, or create additional impacts to any regulated environmental features.

The site is within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone and the submitted site plan demonstrates that the proposed activity will result in less than 500 square feet of disturbance, or that no variance is required.

Other Approval Criteria:

A FLOODPLAIN STUDY MAY STILL BE REQUIRED AT THE TIME OF STORMWATER CONCEPT REVIEW

Approval Date: ___________________ Staff Signature Approval: ___________________

Expiration Date: ___________________ Last Updated: March 2019

Appendix B-2

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-2.NRI Plan (Full, Intermediate, Limited, CBCA) Application M-NCPPC  Countywide Planning Division, Environmental Planning Section Last Updated: July 2016 Prince George’s County Planning Department14741 Governor Oden Bowie Drive, Upper Marlboro, Maryland 20772 301-952-3650

APPLICATION FORM FOR NRI PLAN ONLY APPLICANTS DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE Date Received: _____________

Reviewed for Acceptance by: ________

NRI No.: ____________________

Application Package Complete: ___YES ___ NO (incomplete applications must be returned) Date Returned: _______________ Reason for return of the package: ______________________________________________________________________________ Agent/Contact Notified: _______________ (date) Dated Accepted: ______________

VIA __________________ (method)

Reviewer Assigned: __________

Due Date: ______________ (30 days from acceptance date)

APPLICANT TO FILL OUT ALL REMAINING SECTIONS APPLICATION TYPE: ___ Full Plan ___ Intermediate Plan ___ (Limited Government or Linear) Plan ___ CBCA Plan PROPERTY OR PROJECT NAME: Geographic Location (related to or near major intersection): Street Address: Companion Case(s) and/or Previous Approvals: (TCP1, TCP2, Preliminary Plan, Site Plan, or Special Exception) Total Area (acres): Tax Account #: Lot Numbers/ Current Zone: Blocks/Parcels: Environmental Strategy Area (ESA) Watershed: (Plan 2035): __1 __ 2 __ 3 __ 4 Proposed Use of Property and/or Future Request:

WSSC Grid: Planning Area: Overlay Zone:

NRI PACKAGE CONTENTS CHECKLIST The following applicable documents are required in the formats indicated below:

One paper copy of the following documents:

____ Transmittal letter ____ NRI Plan (signed)

Applicant Name and Address:

One compact disc or thumb drive containing one file each of the following documents:

____ NRI Preparation Checklist (signed) ____ NRI Plan (signed) ____ FSD Text (signed) ____ Wetlands Study Text (signed) ____ Approved floodplain request form (approved by DPIE) ____ USDA NRCS Web Soil Survey (WSS) Custom Soil Resource Report ____ RTE Letter from DNR or Letter of Request to DNR ____ Other information provided by the applicant Agent/Contact Person, Company Name, Address, Phone Number, Fax and E-mail (all required):

Owner Name and Address:

SIGNATURE (Signature required is either the property owner OR the property owner’s authorized representative) Signature: Date: Relationship to Property Owner: Printed Name:

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-3

NRI-3.Combined NRI Equivalency & Numbered Exemption Letters Application (CWP & County Certain Projects only) M-NCPPC  Countywide Planning Division, Environmental Planning Section Send to: PPD-EnvPlanning@ppd.mncppc.org Prince George’s County Planning Department14741 Governor Oden Bowie Drive, Upper Marlboro, Maryland 20772 301-952-3650

APPLICATIONS: WOODLAND CONSERVATION NUMBERED EXEMPTION & NRI EQUIVALENCY APPLICANT TO FILL OUT THIS SECTION Agent/Contact, Company, Address, Phone and E-mail (all required):

Owner Name and Address:

Signature: ______________

PROPERTY OR PROJECT NAME:

Date: _________

Street Address: Previous Applications (NRI, TCP1, or TCP2): Gross Acres: Lot/Block/Parcel:

Proposed Woodland Clearing: Current Zone:

Tax Account #:

WSSC Grid: Environmental Strategy Area (ESA) (Plan 2035): ___1 ___2 ___3 ___4

Proposed Activity:

Type of Plan: ____________________ Preparer/Firm:_____________________ Date: ______________________ APPLICATION CHECKLIST: each box must either be checked or listed as “N/A” for not applicable For Project Type 1 and 2 ____ (1) copy of a proposed Site Plan showing existing conditions (signed) ____ (1) Coversheet

For Project Type 1 only

Project Type 2 only

Exemption Status:

Previously Approved Plan:

____ Request for WCO Numbered Exemption

____ (1) copy of approved TCP2 or

____ Copy of a previously Issued Letter of Exemption

____ CBCA #: __________

____ N/A

____ N/A

RESPONSE (TO BE COMPLETED BY EPS STAFF) Date Received: _________ Reviewed for Acceptance by: ___ Plan Reviewer: ___ Acceptance Date:_______ Due Date: ________

WCO-Ex No. ______________

NRI No. _______________ Approval Date:___________

Expiration Date:___________

This APPROVAL is for the existing conditions on the above referenced location as it relates to the proposed activity. The review is based upon information using the submitted proposed site plan, the most current color imagery aerial photography and the PGatlas.com environmental layers. If the scope of the proposed activity or limits of disturbance change significantly, a full NRI may be required. This letter is valid for five years from the date of issuance, or until such time as a different development activity is proposed, whichever comes first. The submitted request was found to meet the following checked criteria.

Approval Date:___________

Expiration Date:___________

This Approval exempts the proposed project from the requirements of the Woodland Conservation Ordinance. It is valid for two years from approval or until such time as the cumulative woodland disturbance exceeds the minimum specified below during the validity period. If a development review application (preliminary plan, detailed site plan, etc., is required, the Numbered Exemption may be considered invalid in accordance with Section 25-119(b)(5)(A). A copy of this letter must be submitted at time of permit application.

The site qualifies for a Numbered Letter of Exemption ( ) from the Prince George’s County Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance because although the site is over 40,000 and contains over 10,000 square feet of woodland, the proposed acreage of woodland disturbance as referenced above is less than 20,000 square feet and the site t has no previous TCP approvals.

The submitted proposed site plan demonstrates that no regulated environmental features are located on the subject site or no on-site regulated environmental features will be impacted.

The site has a previously approved Type 2 or Type II Tree Conservation Plan as referenced above, and the proposed site plan shows that the proposed work will not result in any significant changes to the limits of disturbance of the previously approved TCP or create any additional impacts to any regulated environmental features.

The site is within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay Zone and the submitted site plan demonstrates that the proposed activity will result in less than 500 square feet of disturbance, or no variance is required.

(Other)

A FLOODPLAIN STUDY MAY BE REQUIRED AT THE TIME OF STORMWATER CONCEPT REVIEW. Preparer Initials:___________________

Planner Initials: ___________________

Last Updated: September 2018

Appendix B-4

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-4.NRI Checklist NRI CHECKLIST

FULL, INTERMEDIATE AND LIMITED

Ȁ ǣ ̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴

ǣ ̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴

ǣ ̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴ ̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴

̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴

̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴​̴ Ǧ

Part B, "Guidelines for the Preparation, Review, and Approval of Natural Resource Inventories” found in the ̶ Ǥ̶

̴​̴​̴​̴FULL – ͳͲͲ Ǥ

̴​̴​̴​̴INTERMEDIATE – ͳͲΨ overall Ǣ ͳͲͲ ȌǤ All acreages must be consistent with the features within the legal boundaries of the site.

̴​̴​̴​̴LIMITED – Ǣ ȋ Ȍ ͳͲͲ Ȍ

̴​̴​̴​̴CBCA – (CBCA); Ǥ ǡ ǡ Ǥ Ǥ

ǡ ǡ ǡ ǡ ǡ ǡ ǡ ǡ

̵ Ǥ

All lines on the checklist must either be checked or marked as “N/A” for Ǥ Ȁ Ǥ ǡ Ǥ I. Natural Resource Inventory Plan Information Type

A

Included Comment Y/N

General Information

Ǥ September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-5

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย adjacent roadways at a minimum scale of 1โ =2000โ . The vicinity map should ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ศ ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ศ included in the application at a minimum scale of 1โ = 100โ . ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วฃ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วข ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย อตอฒอฒ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ฮฑ อด ย ย ย ย ศ วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค

ศ ศ ศ ศ

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วฆย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย อดอน ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย อท ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วฆย ย วฆย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค The qualified Professionalโ s valid seal may be used instead of the certification ย ย ย ย ย วค

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วฆ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย

ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วฆย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย I. Natural Resource Inventory Plan ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ Information Type

B

Included Comment Y/N/NA

Environmental Features

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค

September 2018

Appendix B-6

Environmental Technical Manual

ȗ ȗ

ͳͲͲǦ ǡ ȋ Ȍ

ȗȗ ȗȗ

ǡ ȋ Ȍ ȋ Ȍ ȋ Ȍ

ȗȗ ȗȗ C Soil and Slope Information

D

ǡ Ǥ ǡ ȋ Ǧ Ȍǡ Ǥ ȋͳͷΨ Ȍ Ǥ

Forest Stand Delineation Information (to be shown on the plan)

ͳͲͲ Ǥ Ǧ Ǥ

Ǥ ǡ Ǥ ǡ ǡ ǡ ǡ ȋ Ȍǡ ǡ Ǥ

ȋ Ȍ ͵ͲͲ Ǧ Ǥ Ǥ

ȗ ȗȗ II. Wetland Study Information Feature

A

Included

Wetland Delineation Features

Comment

Ǥ Ǥ ȋ ͸Ȍ

B

ǡ Ǥ

Section’s I and III

Wetland Study

ǡ ȋ Ȍ

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-7

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ Note: if a wetland study is not required, these photocopies should be included in the Forest Stand Delineation Reportศ วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค

III. Forest Stand Delineation Text ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ศ Feature

A

Narrative that briefly describes the forest conditions, including:

B

Field data sheets, including:

C

Included Comment Y/N

ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค If a wetland study is not requiredวก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ อตฬตวฆอดอฒฬตศ วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ อฒฬตวฆอตฬตศ วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วก ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย วค

Forest analysis worksheets for each stand including: ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ย ศ

September 2018

Appendix B-8

Environmental Technical Manual

D

Stand summary sheets including:

‘Â?‹Â?ƒÂ?–Ȁ ‘†‘Â?‹Â?ƒÂ?– •’‡…‹‡•Ǥ —……‡••‹‘Â?ƒŽ •–ƒ‰‡ ƒ•ƒŽ ƒ”‡ƒ ‹Â? •ǤˆǤ ’‡” ƒ…”‡ ‹œ‡ …Žƒ•• ‘ˆ †‘Â?‹Â?ƒÂ?– •’‡…‹‡• ‡”…‡Â?– …ƒÂ?‘’› …‘˜‡”ƒ‰‡ —Â?„‡” ‘ˆ –”‡‡ •’‡…‹‡• ’‡” ƒ…”‡ ‘Â?Â?‘Â? —Â?†‡”•–‘”› •’‡…‹‡• ’‡” ƒ…”‡ Percent of understory cover 3’ to 20’ tall Number of woody plant species 3’ to 20’ tall ‘Â?Â?‘Â? Š‡”„ƒ…‡‘—• species 0’ to 3’ tall Percent of herbaceous and woody plant cover 0’ to 3’ tall ‹•– ‘ˆ Â?ƒŒ‘” ‹Â?˜ƒ•‹˜‡ ’ŽƒÂ?– •’‡…‹‡• ƒÂ?† ’‡”…‡Â?– ‘ˆ …‘˜‡” Number of standing dead trees 6â€?dBH or greater ‘”‡•– –”—…–—”‡ ƒ–‹Â?‰ …‘”‡

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-9

NRI-5.Site Statistics Table Site Statistics Table Site statistics are required to be shown on the plan for several of the environmental features outlined in in Section 3. These statistics need to be shown on the plan in table form.

Table 5. Natural Resources Inventory Statistics Table Total1

Existing Site Statistics Gross tract area 100-year floodplain Net tract area woodland2 in the floodplain woodland2 net tract woodland2 total PMA Primary Buffer3 Secondary Buffer3 Regulated streams (linear feet of centerline) Riparian (wooded) buffer up to 300 feet wide 4 1

Figures are to be provided in acres rounded to the nearest 1/100th of an acre unless otherwise indicated.

For woodland within the CBCA, this also applies to developed woodland 3Applies to CBCA NRIs only 4Acreage of onsite woodland up to 300 feet measured from the stream centerline or from the top of bank on both sides of all regulated streams 2

September 2018

Appendix B-10

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-6.NRI Approval Block

NRI Plan Approval Block Prince George's County Planning Department, M-NCPPC Environmental Planning Section

NATURAL RESOURCES INVENTORY PLAN APPROVAL NRI-xxx-xxxx ͲͲ Ͳͳ Ͳʹ Ͳ͵ ͲͶ Ͳͷ Ͳ͸

Ȁ

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-11

NRI-7.NRI 1-Year Revalidation Stamp

NRI PLAN 1 YEAR REVALIDATION STAMP *comments to be completed by staff before adding stamp to plan) *stamp must be added in color (green) as shown below

Prince George's County Planning Department, M-NCPPC Environmental Planning Section NATURAL RESOURCES INVENTORY PLAN VALIDATION

NRI-____-______ This NRI expired _____________.

A review of this NRI plan, associated reports/studies and other supplemental information provided as needed, was found to be sufficient for a 1-YEAR VALIDATION for the purpose indicated below. After expiration a revised or new NRI shall be provided for any future development plans.

Approved by

Approval Date

Expiration Date

Purpose of Temporary Validation

Additional staff comments:

September 2018

Appendix B-12

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-8.NRI General Notes NATURAL RESOURCE INVENTORY – GENERAL NOTES

Ǥ ͳǤ

ʹǤ ͵Ǥ ͶǤ ͷǤ

ȋ Ȍ ȋ Ȍ ʹͲ͵ͷǤ ȋ ǡ ǡ ǤȌ ȋ Ǧ ȌǤ ȋ ǡ ǡ ȌǤ ͳȌ ȋ Ȍ

ȋ Ȍ ȋ ȌǢ ʹȌ ̵ – ͳǦ ȋͳͲͲǦ Ȍ ǡ by the Prince George’s Department of Permitting, Inspections and Enforcement, ȋ ȌǤ OR, if no floodplain is located on-site, use the following note:

͸Ǥ ͹Ǥ ͺǤ

ͻǤ ͳͲǤ

ͳͳǤ ͳʹǤ

In a letter dated (enter date), the Prince George’s Co ǡ

ͳͲͲǦ Ǧ Ǥ ȋ Ȍ ȋ ȌǤ OR, if no wetlands or streams are located on-site, use the following note: Ǧ ȋ ȌǤ ȋ Ȁ Ȍ ʹ͸Ǥʹ͵ǤͲ͸ǤͲͳǤ ȋ Ȁ Ȍ

ȋ Ȁ Ȍ

ʹ͸ǤͲͺǤͲʹǤͲͶǤ This site (is/is not) located within an impaired water

body with a Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) allocated for sediment, which are afforded special protection under Maryland’s Anti-degradation policy. if the subject property is within a

Tier II catchment or contains impaired waters, add the following note: PGSCD reserves the right to restrict disturbance to any onsite or offsite Tier II buffer or buffers for impaired waters. ȋ Ȁ Ȍ Ǥ ȋ Ȁ Ȍ

ǡ Ǥ OR, if a letter has been obtained from the Maryland Department of Natural Resource Natural Heritage Program, use the following note:

ȋ Ȍ ȋ ȌǤ ȋ Ȁ Ȍ Ǥ Ǥ OR, if the subject property is subject to a previously approved TCP/TCP’s use the following note: The site is subject to previously approved TCP’s. Previously approved TCP’ ǣ ȋ

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-13

ͳ͵Ǥ ͳͶǤ ͳͷǤ ͳ͸Ǥ ͳ͹Ǥ

ͳͺǤ

ͳͻǤ

ʹͲǤ ʹͳǤ

Ȁ ȌǤ ȋ Ȍ ǡ Ȁ Ǥ ȋ Ǧ ȌǤ OR, if there are no specimen, champion or historic trees on the property use the following note: ǡ Ǥ Ȁ ȋ ȌǤ

if site is within a Scenic Resources Policy Area, add the following: Ǥ Ǥ OR, if scenic or historic roads are located in the vicinity of the subject site use the following note: ȋ – ǡ ǡ Ǥ – Ȍǡ ȋ ǡ ǡ Ȍ Ǥ Ǥ OR, if the subject property is located within a Registered Historic District use the following note: ȋ Ȁ Ȍ ȋ ȌǤ Ǣ ǡ

Ǥ If the subject property has a known archeological site use the following note: ȋ Ȍǡ Ǧ Ǥ ȋ

Ȍ Ǥ

Ǥ OR, if Marlboro clay or Christiana clay are mapped on or in the vicinity of the subject property use the following note: ȋ Ȁ Ȍ Ȁ ǤǤ geotechnical report in accordance with the DPIE’s Geotechnical Guidelines for Soil Investigations and Reports for Site/Road Grading Permits in or near Over-consolidated Clays Ǥ

Ǥ OR, if the site is located in the vicinity of a master planned roadway designated as arterial or higher use the following note. ȋ Ȁ Ǧ Ȍǡ ȋ Ǧ Ȍ Ǥ Ǥ ʹͲͲͻ Ǥ OR, if the property is located within the noise contours, use the following note: ȋ Ȁ Ȍ ȋ Ȍ ʹͲͲͻ Ǥ ȋ ȌǤ OR, if the property is located within an APA area use the following note: ȋ Ȍ ȋ Ȍ

September 2018

Appendix B-14

Environmental Technical Manual

ʹʹǤ ʹ͵Ǥ

ǦͷͳǦʹͲͲʹǤ ȋ ȌǤ OR if the property is located within the CBCA use the following note: ȋ Ǧ Ǧ ǡ Ǧ Ǧ ǡ Ǧ Ǧ Ȍ ȋ ȌǤ

ǡ

Ǥ Ǧ Ǥ

Ǥ

ADDITIONAL NOTES (if applicable)

Sites with current or previous mining activity 24.

ǡ Ǥ Ǥ ǡ ǡ Ǥ Ǥ

Intermediate and Limited NRI’s only ʹͷǤ

Ǥ

Ȁ Ǥ

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-15

NRI-9.Wetland Delineation Study Template

Suggested Format for Wetland Delineation Study

Wetland Study for Name of Project

Prepared for: Name of Developer or Owner Address Phone Number

Prepared by: Name of Consultant or Preparer Address Phone Number Fax Number Email address

Certification Certification statement by qualified professional Signature___________ Date______________

September 2018

Appendix B-16

Environmental Technical Manual

I.

SITE LOCATION AND CONDITIONS

Description of the property including the area, location and relationship to the nearest major road, current use, and adjoining uses. Description of any structural remains or existing constructed features on-site.(Include ADC Map or other location map at the end of report) Latitude and Longitude coordinates provided as required by the United States Army Corps of Engineers, for the purpose of providing a jurisdictional determination.

II.

EQUIPMENT USED

Description of the equipment used in the on-site assessment of the property, to determine the findings reported on the data sheets.

III.

METHODOLOGY

Description of the prescribed methodology cited in the current U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Wetland Delineation Manual. Include a brief description of the analysis performed using this methodology. In addition to confirming or denying the presence of wetlands on the property, other regulated waters such as ponds, lakes, streams, and rivers should also be evaluated. Describe the number of data sheets completed during the field delineation to document both wetland and non-wetland characteristics encountered. Data points must be shown on the Wetland Delineation Plan.

(Include all data sheets and photos in Appendix A) IV.

RESEARCH OF AVAILABLE DOCUMENTS

A. National Wetland Inventory Map The National Wetland Inventory (NWI) is a United States Fish and Wildlife Service document that correlates the use of aerial photographs with limited on-site analysis. Cite the NWI map for the property and indicate any presence of wetland classifications per the map and their descriptions. (Include the NWI map at the end of the report).

2

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-17

B. Prince George’s County Soil Survey Description of soil types and source, (Prince George’s County Soils Survey) Reference the soils table and soils map for the subject property. (Included at the end of the report).

C. United States Geological Survey Topographic Maps Description of the United States Geological Survey’s (USGS) topographic map for the property and any significant features. (Include the USGS topographic map for the subject property at the end of the report).

D. Maryland Non-tidal Wetland Guidance Maps Describe any locations of “Wetlands of Special State Concern” shown on the Wetland Guidance Map provided by the Maryland Department of Natural Resources (DNR) for Prince George’s County. Report any of these special wetlands located on and within one (1) mile of the subject property. If none are present, a statement should be made to this fact. (Include Wetlands of Special State Concern Map at the end of the report).

E. Photographs Describe the color photographs taken at various locations to document the existing site conditions. (Include all photos in the Appendix). The location of each photo and the direction the photo was taken should be illustrated on the Wetland Delineation Plan or on a separate photo exhibit.

IV. ON-SITE ASSESSMENT A. Hydrology List the named watershed and the associated tributary. Describe all confirmed hydrology on the site. Include descriptions of all isolated wetland areas and where they are located. If a representative from the Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE) has been to the site and confirmed that any of the areas described are not jurisdictional, this should be noted along with the name of the MDE representative and the date of their site visit. Descriptions of any man-made ditches should also be included.

3

September 2018

Appendix B-18

Environmental Technical Manual

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-19

B. Soils Describe all soil samples taken throughout the site. Describe indicators of the presence or absence of anaerobic soil conditions. Verify whether the soils found on-site match the mapped soils shown on the current Prince George’s County soils survey. The soils found on the property should be described on the data sheets included in Appendix A. C. Vegetation Describe all of the vegetation found on the site. Describe the indicator status of the species identified on the site as compared to the National List of Plant Species that occur in Wetlands: Northeast (Region1). Provide specific information on the plant communities on the data sheets included in Appendix A. V. CONCLUSION Summarize the on-site evaluation. Describe the determination based on the information gathered. If the findings in the report have been verbally confirmed in the field by a representative of the Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE), include the name of the representative and the date the confirmation was received. Written confirmation may also be required. It should be noted that sensitive environmental features may be regulated by the county that are not regulated be Federal or State agencies based on local/county regulations.

4

September 2018

Appendix B-20

Environmental Technical Manual

Additional Information Needed for Wetland Study

Site Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” vicinity map (in color) taken from Prince George’s County ADC Map with outline of property shown and labeled.

Soils Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” soils map (in color) taken from Prince George’s County Soil Survey with outline of property shown and labeled.

National Wetland Inventory Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” NWI map (Quad) (in color) with outline of property shown and labeled.

USGS Topographic Map-provide 8 ½” x 11” United States Geological Survey Topographic Map (in color) with outline of property shown and labeled Wetlands of Special State Concern Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” Maryland Department of Natural Resources Nontidal Wetland Guidance Map (in color) Photographs and Wetland Delineation Data sheets - provide for ALL data points. Preferred method is to include two color photographs per 8 ½” x 11” sheet, with each photograph numbered and dated with a brief description of the photo. Following each set of photographs, include all corresponding data sheets for each data point.

Reference Section IV. B for required soil descriptions:

Sample Soils Table Symbol Soil Description K- factor Hydric Soil Group BIB2 Beltsville silt loam, 5-10% slopes, moderately eroded 0.49 No* B BIB3 Beltsville silt loam, 5-10% slopes, moderately eroded 0.49 No* B Bo Bibb silt loam 0.43 Yes B CaB2 Chillum silt loam,0-6% slopes, moderately eroded 0.49 No B *May potentially contain hydric inclusions. Taken from USDA, SCS-Soil Survey, Prince George’s County, Maryland (1967) and USDA, NRCS RUSLE2 attributes table and hydric soils list

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-21

NRI-10.How to Prepare a Custom Soils Report

How-to produce Custom Soil Survey Reports ‡”‡ ƒ”‡ –Š‡ •–‡’•ȗǣ

ͳǤ ‡ˆ‹Â?‡ Ǥ ʹǤ Š‘‘•‡ –Š‡ “Soil Data Explorerâ€? tab at top left. Several subÇŚÂ–ÂƒÂ„Â• ™‹ŽŽ …‘Â?‡ —’ ‹Â? ƒ ”‘™ —Â?†‡” –Š‡ “Soil Data Explorerâ€? tab. ;Ǥ Š‘‘•‡ –Š‡ “ —‹–ƒ„‹Ž‹–‹‡• ƒÂ?† ‹Â?‹–ƒ–‹‘Â?• ˆ‘” •‡â€? tab. A menu will come up on the left hand •‹†‡Ǥ ƒǤ Ž‹…Â? ‘Â? “Building Site Developmentâ€? dropnj†‘™Â?Ǥ Click on “Dwellings with ƒ•‡Â?‡Â?–•Ǥâ€? „Ǥ Â?†‡” ‹‡™ ’–‹‘Â?• —Â?…Ž‹…Â? ƒ’ ƒÂ?† ‡•…”‹’–‹‘Â? ‘ˆ ƒ–‹Â?‰Ǥ Â?•—”‡ –Šƒ– –Š‡ ‡–ƒ‹Ž‡† ‡•…”‹’–‹‘Â? „‘š ”‡Â?ƒ‹Â?• —Â?…Š‡…Â?‡†Ǥ Ž‹…Â? ˜‹‡™ ”ƒ–‹Â?‰Ǥ – –Š‡ –‘’ ”‹‰Š– …‘”Â?‡” ‘ˆ –Š‡ screen click on “Add to Shopping CartǤâ€? Ž‹…Â? “OKâ€? ‹Â? ’‘’nj—’ ™‹Â?†‘™ Č‹Â?‘ •—„nj–‹–Ž‡ Â?Â‡Â…Â‡Â•Â•ÂƒÂ”Â›ČŒÇ¤ …Ǥ Click on “Dwellings without BasementsǤâ€? Repeat step „ ˆ‘” –Š‹• …ƒ–‡‰‘”›Ǥ †Ǥ Ž‹…Â? ‘Â? “Local Roads and Streets.â€? ‡’‡ƒ– •–‡’ „ ˆ‘” –Š‹• …ƒ–‡‰‘”›Ǥ ‡Ǥ Ž‹…Â? ‘Â? “Small Commercial Buildings.â€? ‡’‡ƒ– •–‡’ „ ˆ‘” –Š‹• …ƒ–‡‰‘”›Ǥ ˆǤ Ž‹…Â? ‘Â? “Sanitary Facilitiesâ€? dropÇŚdown. Click on “Septic Tank Absorption Fields.â€? ‡’‡ƒ– •–‡’ „ ˆ‘” –Š‹• …ƒ–‡‰‘”›Ǥ ‰Ǥ Ž‹…Â? ‘Â? “Land Classificationsâ€? dropÇŚdown. Click on “Hydric Rating by Map Unit.â€? ‡’‡ƒ– •–‡’ „ ˆ‘” –Š‹• …ƒ–‡‰‘”›Ǥ ͜Ǥ Š‘‘•‡ –Š‡ “ ‘‹Ž ”‘’‡”–‹‡• ƒÂ?† —ƒŽ‹–‹‡•â€? tabǤ ƒǤ Ž‹…Â? ‘Â? “ ‘‹Ž ”‘•‹‘Â? ƒ…–‘”•â€? dropÇŚdown. Click on “ ÇŚ ÂƒÂ…Â–Â‘Â”ÇĄ Š‘Ž‡ ‘‹Ž.â€? „Ǥ Â?†‡” ‹‡™ ’–‹‘Â?• —Â?…Ž‹…Â? ƒ’ ƒÂ?† ‡•…”‹’–‹‘Â? ‘ˆ ƒ–‹Â?‰Ǥ Â?•—”‡ –Šƒ– –Š‡ ‡–ƒ‹Ž‡† ‡•…”‹’–‹‘Â? „‘š ”‡Â?ƒ‹Â?• —Â?…Š‡…Â?‡†Ǥ Ž‹…Â? ˜‹‡™ ”ƒ–‹Â?‰Ǥ – –Š‡ –‘’ ”‹‰Š– …‘”Â?‡” ‘ˆ –Š‡ screen click on “Add to Shopping Cart.â€? …Ǥ Ž‹…Â? ‘Â? “Soil Qualities and Featuresâ€? dropÇŚdown. Click on “Drainage Class.â€? Repeat •–‡’ „ ˆ‘” –Š‹• …ƒ–‡‰‘”›Ǥ †Ǥ ‘Â?–‹Â?—‹Â?‰ —Â?†‡” –Š‡ “Soil Qualities and Featuresâ€? dropÇŚdown. Click on “Hydrologic Soil Group.â€? Repeat step b for this category. ͡Ǥ Choose the “Shopping Cart (Free)â€? tab. ƒǤ Â?†er the “Report Propertiesâ€? dropÇŚdown, check “Custom Subtitleâ€? and typenj‹Â? –Š‡ Â?ƒÂ?‡ ‘ˆ –Š‡ ’”‘Œ‡…–Ǥ „Ǥ Â?†‡” –Še “Table of Contentsâ€? dropnj†‘™Â? —Â?nj…Š‡…Â? –Š‡ ˆ‘ŽŽ‘™‹Â?‰ǣ “How Soil Surveys Are Madeâ€?ÇĄ “Map Unit Descriptionâ€?ÇĄ “Refer‡ncesâ€?ÇĄ “GlossaryǤâ€? ͸Ǥ Click the “Check Outâ€? button at the top right. Click the “Get no™â€? button and “ â€?Ǥ ‡„•‹–‡ •Š‘—Ž† ‰‡Â?‡”ƒ–‡ ƒ –Šƒ– ›‘— …ƒÂ? –Š‡Â? •ƒ˜‡ –‘ ›‘—” •‡”˜‡”Ǥ

September 2018

Appendix B-22

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-11.CBCA Existing Lot Coverage Table Table 10 Sample Subtitle 5B (CBCA) Existing Lot Coverage Table Existing Lot Coverage Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA) Area Calculations ˜‡”Žƒ› ‘�‡

Â?–‡” ‰”‘•• Ž‘– •‹œ‡ ‹Â? •“—ƒ”‡ ˆ‡‡– Č‹ ČŒÇŁ

ʹ͡ǥͲ͜ʹ

Â?–‡” Ψ Ž‘– …‘˜‡”ƒ‰‡ ÂƒÂŽÂŽÂ‘Â™Â‡Â†ÇŁ

‘–ƒŽ Ž‘– …‘˜‡”ƒ‰‡ ÂƒÂŽÂŽÂ‘Â™Â‡Â†ÇŁ CBCA Lot Coverage by Category

Surface Material1

ͳ͡Ψ

Percent Impervious2

;ǥ͚͡͸

Existing Lot Coverage Area3 (SF)

™‡ŽŽ‹�‰ ……‡••‘”› –”—…–—”‡•

ƒ•’ŠƒŽ– •Š‹�‰Ž‡•

ͳͲͲΨ

;ǥͲͲͲ

”‹˜‡™ƒ›

‘�…”‡–‡

‘Â?…”‡–‡Ȁ ‰”ƒ˜‡Ž –‘Â?‡ •–‡’• –‘ ™ƒ–‡”

ͳͲͲΨ

͚Ͳ

‹†‡™ƒŽ� ‘”…Š‡•

ƒ–‹‘ ‘” ƒ˜‡”• ‡…�

–Š‡” —”ˆƒ…‡• 1All

‘‘Ž

ƒ•’ŠƒŽ– •Š‹�‰Ž‡•

‘‘† ™‹–Š ‰ƒ’• ‹’ ”ƒ’

ͳͲͲΨ ͳͲͲΨ

Ͳ

͡Ͳ

ͳͲͲΨ

ͳǥ;ʹ͡

ͲΨ

ͳͳ͡Ͳ

ͲΨ ͲΨ

ͳͺͳ ͡͸

Total Existing CBCA Lot Coverage =

4,445

CBCA Percent Impervious Surface =

17.8%

existing or proposed surfaces that contribute to lot coverage 2All surfaces are 100% impervious to water (except decks that are constructed with gaps between the wood to allow water to permeate are considered 0% impermeable).

3Enter lot coverage in square feet for each category (enter all numbers as positive numbers)

September 2018

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix B-23

NRI-12.Zoning Lot Coverage Table Table 11 Sample Subtitle 27 (Zoning) Existing Net Lot Coverage Table Zoning Ordinance (Z.O.) Net Lot Coverage Calculations Area Calculations

Ǧ

ȋ Ȍ

ʹͷǡͲͶʹ

Ψ Ǥ Ǥ Ǥ Ǥ Lot Coverage by Category

ͳ ʹ

ͳͷΨ

͵ǡ͹ͷ͸

Existing Lot Coverage (SF)

͵ͲͲͲ

ͳǡ͵ʹͷ

Total Existing Z.O. Lot Coverage =

4,325

Total Percentage Z.O. Lot Coverage =

17.3%

ͳIncludes dwellings, accessory structures, covered porches, covered decks covered stoops and covered patios ʹIncludes any area used for vehicle parking and vehicle access to the dwelling regardless of surface

September 2018

Appendix B-24

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-13.Standard FSD Notes STANDARD FSD NOTES General Notes to include on all FSDs (when NRI not required) with all blanks filled in: 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

This site is zoned (insert zone) and is located in the (Rural/ Developing/ Developed) Tier as defined in the Approved General Plan.

The source of the property boundaries on this plan is from (state source as state property layer, deeds, or boundary survey.) (If deeds- list Liber and Folio and provide copies).

The topography shown on this plan is from (state source, date, and manner in which the information was obtained).

The source of the soils information on this plan is from the USDA NRCS Web Soil Survey (WSS) in a Custom Soil Resource Report for an Area of Interest (AOI) established for the subject site only and generated on (include date report was generated).

The county regulated 100-year floodplain information on this plan is from (state source from choices below): a) If the source is a floodplain easement less than 10 years old, then provide a copy of the easement and provide the easement recordation information. Such as “… an easement recorded in the land records at (list Liber and Folio).” b) If the source is a county watershed study, then provide the name of the study and relevant plate number.

Such as “… (Insert watershed study name) watershed study, plate number (insert plate number).” c) If the source is a floodplain study prepared by DPW&T, then provide the number and date of approval.

Such as “…DPW&T Floodplain Study Number (insert number), approved (insert date).” d) If the source is a floodplain study prepared by an engineer and approved by DPW&T, then provide the number, the name of the engineering firm responsible for preparing the study, and the date of approval.

Such as “Floodplain Study Number (insert number), prepared by (insert name of engineering firm), approved by DPW&T (insert date).” e) If the source is a delineation prepared by an engineer that has not yet been approved by DPW&T, then provide the name of the engineer, and the engineering company responsible for the delineation, and a statement regarding their qualifications to do so, such as: “… a delineation prepared by (insert name of engineer and qualifications – for example Tom Jones, P.E., water resources engineer), (insert company name). An approved floodplain study may be required during subsequent development review processes.”

This statement must be accompanied by the engineer’s seal and signature adjacent to this note on the plan.

OR, if no floodplain is located on-site, use the following note: No county regulated 100-year floodplain is located on-site per (state source from choices below): a) If verified in writing by DPW&T, then provide the date of verification and a copy of the letter. Such as “…DPW&T letter of verification dated (insert date).” b) If no county regulated 100-year floodplain is located on-site because the drainage area to the site is less than 50-acres, then provide the name of the engineer, and the engineering company responsible for determining the drainage area, and a statement regarding their qualifications to do so, such as: “… a drainage area of less than 50-acres as verified by (insert name of engineer and qualifications – for example Tom Jones, P.E., water resources engineer), (insert company name). Written verification from DER may be required during subsequent development review processes.” This statement must be accompanied by the engineer’s seal and signature adjacent to this note on the plan.

The wetland and stream information on this plan is from a study prepared by (state name of professional qualified to prepare the study) in a study dated (state date of preparation of the study).

OR, if no wetlands or streams are located on-site, use the following note: No wetlands or streams are located on-site as field verified by (state name of professional qualified to make such a determination in the field).

B-3,FSD-1 Standard FSD Notes Page 1 of 3

Prince George’s County Planning Department

  August, 2010 

Appendix B-25

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

This site (is/is not) within a Sensitive Species Protection Review Area based on a review of the SSPRA GIS layer prepared by the Heritage and Wildlife Service, Maryland Department of Natural Resources.

OR, if a letter has been obtained from the Maryland Department of Natural Resource Natural Heritage Program, use the following note: In a letter dated (insert date) the Maryland Department of Natural Resource Natural Heritage Program has determined (insert information from the letter).

The site (does/does not) include Forest Interior Dwelling Species habitat.

The site is not subject to a previously approved TCP. OR, if the subject property is subject to a previously approved TCP/TCP’s use the following note: The site is subject to previously approved TCP’s. Previously approved TCP’s include: (state TCP identification number/s).

There are (state the number of trees) specimen, champion and/or historic trees located on the property. These trees were located using (state method of location - field observations or surveyed locations).

OR, if there are no specimen, champion or historic trees on the property use the following note: There are no specimen, champion or historic trees located on the property.

Marlboro clay and Christiana complex are not found to occur on or within the vicinity of this property.

OR, if Marlboro clay or Christiana complex are mapped on or in the vicinity of the subject property use the following note: Marlboro clay (and/or Christiana complex) is/are found to occur on or within the vicinity of this property.

As such, the property may be subject to regulation by Section 24-131 of the Subdivision Regulations If any of the base information used to prepare this FSD changes significantly, the FSD will be revised and re-submitted for review to the Environmental Planning Section.

Additional Notes required to be included on FSDs when appropriate. Additional notes should be numbered sequentially following the standard notes) (1) (2) (3) (4)

(5)

(6)

(7) (8)

This site (does/ does not) contain Wetlands of Special State Concern as defined in COMAR 26.23.06.01.

This site (does/ does not) contain a Tier II waterbody as defined in COMAR 26.08.02.04.

This site (is/ is not) located within a Stronghold Watershed as established by the MD DNR. There are no scenic or historic roads located on or adjacent to this property.

OR, if scenic or historic roads are located in the vicinity of the subject site use the following note: The site is (describe location – abutting, adjacent to, etc. – insert name of road), a designated (list designation as scenic, historic, or both) road in the vicinity of the property.

The subject property is not located within a Registered Historic District.

OR, if the subject property is located within a Registered Historic District use the following note: (The subject property/ a portion of the subject property) is located within the (state the name and inventory number of the Registered Historic District).

There are no known archeological sites located on the subject property; however, the subject property has not been surveyed for archeological resources and a Phase I archeology report may be required during subsequent development review processes.

If the subject property has a known archeological site use the following note: Archeological site (insert registration number), registered with the state is located on-site. Further archeological investigations (Phase II or Phase III) may be required during subsequent development review processes.

The site is not located in the vicinity of any master planned roadway designated as arterial or higher.

OR, if the site is located in the vicinity of a master planned roadway designated as arterial or higher use the following note.

The site is located in the vicinity of (abutting/ adjacent to - name of road), a master planned (state designation - arterial or higher) roadway that is regulated for noise. A noise study may be required during B-3, FSD-1 Standard FSD Notes Page 2 of 3

 Appendix B-26

  August, 2010 

Environmental Technical Manual

(9)

(10)

(11)

subsequent development review processes.

The subject property is not located within the 2008 Air Installation Compatible Use Zone (AICUZ) Study for Andrews Air Force Base.

OR, if the property is located within the AICUZ use the following note: (The subject property/ a portion of the subject property) is located within the (dba level) dba noise contour as found in the 2008 Air Installation Compatible Use Zone (AICUZ) Study for Andrews Air Force Base.

The site is not located within an Aviation Policy Area (APA).

OR, if the property is located within an APA area use the following note: The site lies within the Aviation Policy Area (APA) of (insert airport name) Airport and is subject to compliance with APA regulations under CB-51-2002.

The site is not located within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA).

OR if the property is located within the CBCA use the following note: The site lies within the (insert CBCA designation as L-D-O, R-C-O, or I-D-O) overlay zone of Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA).

B-3, FSD-1 Standard FSD Notes Page 3 of 3



Prince George’s County Planning Department

  August, 2010 

Appendix B-27

NRI-14.Simplified FSD Checklist Project Name: ____________________________ Prepared By: _____________________________ Date: ___________________________________

Simplified FSD Checklist Use when applying for a Standard or Numbered Letter of Exemption or for applications not eligible for exemption that are not showing any proposed clearing. This option may also be used for Natural Resource Inventories (NRIs) that have no regulated environmental features and limited areas of woodland on-site.

Sampling data collection is not required; however, a brief narrative description of the woodlands and a calculation of the amount of woodlands on the site must be provided on the plan. Additional information may be required by the Planning Director or designee.

Submittal Requirements 1. Site Vicinity Map ___ Location of the project site and surrounding area within one square mile ___ Major roads and intersections ___ North arrow ___ Boundaries of property ___ Minimum scale of 1”=2,000’ 2. Environmental Features Map ___ Property boundaries (tax maps, plats or surveyed boundaries of all lot(s) and/or parcel(s) included in the application ___ Locations of all existing structures and easements ___ Topographic contours (maximum interval = 2 feet) ___ North arrow ___ Existing regulated woodlands and trees on the property and extending off the property 100 feet ___ Regulated streams and their required buffers ___ Limit of 100-year floodplain and source stated ___ Nontidal or tidal wetlands and their required buffers ___ Location of existing Critical Habitat Areas for rare, threatened, and endangered species ___ Locations of cultural features and historic sites ___ Location of soils mapping units within each soil series shown on the plan to scale, using standard soils boundary symbol per EPS standards ___ Table stating the soils mapping unit name and description, k-factor, hydric rating, hydrologic soil group, and drainage class ___ Location of steep slopes (15% and greater) ___ Standard FSD Notes ___ Title, date, revisions and scale ___ Legend containing all features shown on the plan (Standard symbols used) ___ Qualified professional certification with name, address, phone number, email, stamp (if applicable), signature, and date of plan certification on each sheet ___ A brief narrative description of the woodlands including general class, dominant species, and general health ___ Total woodland on the site to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre

3. Documents ___ 2 copies of completed checklist

B-3, FSD-2 Detailed FSD Checklist Page 1 of 2

Appendix B-28

August, 2010

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-15.Intermediate FSD Checklist Project Name: ____________________________ Associated Plan: __________________________ Prepared By: _____________________________ Date: ___________________________________

Intermediate FSD Checklist Use when the subject application is for properties where the proposed activity will occur on a small portion of a larger property. Requires a plan of the entire site and text and sampling data for areas proposed for development. Intermediate FSDs shall not be submitted as part of a Natural Resource Inventory. Additional information may be required by the Planning Director or designee.

Submittal Requirements 1. Site Vicinity Map (Place on plan and include copy with Forest Stand Analysis report) ___ Location of the project site and surrounding area within one square mile ___ Major roads and intersections ___ North arrow ___ Boundaries of property ___ Minimum scale of 1”=2,000’ 2. Environmental Features Map (Needed for Entire Site) ___ Property boundaries (tax maps, plats or surveyed boundaries of all lot(s) and/or parcel(s) included for the entire property ___ Locations of all existing structures and easements ___ Topographic contours (maximum interval = 2 feet) ___ North arrow ___ Existing regulated woodlands and trees on the property and extending off the property 100 feet ___ Regulated streams and required buffers ___ Limit of 100-year floodplain and source stated ___ Nontidal or tidal wetlands and required buffers (If present must also include a wetland report) ___ Location of existing Critical Habitat Areas for rare, threatened, and endangered species ___ Locations of cultural features and historic sites ___ Location of soils mapping units within each soil series shown on the plan to scale, using standard soils boundary symbol per EPS standards ___ Table stating the soils mapping unit name and description, k-factor, hydric rating, hydrologic soil group, and drainage class ___ Location of steep slopes (15% and greater) ___ Standard FSD Notes ___ Title, date, revisions and scale ___ Legend containing all features shown on the plan (Standard symbols used) ___ Qualified professional certification with name, address, phone number, email, stamp (if applicable), signature, and date of plan certification on each sheet ___ Locations of Forest Interior Dwelling Species (FIDS) habitat ___ Limit of Disturbance (LOD) for the proposed development with area noted ___ A brief narrative description of the woodlands located outside of the proposed LOD including general class, dominant species, and general health

B-3, FSD-3 Intermediate FSD Checklist Page 1 of 2

Prince George’s County Planning Department

 010  

Appendix B-29

In addition to the above, you MUST include the following for the area of proposed Development (within the LOD and 200-feet beyond). ___ Field sample point locations in adequate numbers and locations to delineate separate stands ___ Forest stand boundaries and stand acreages to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre ___ Forest stand summary table including all required information ___ Locations of specimen, champion and historic trees and their critical root zones. ___ Table of specimen, champion and historic trees stating field flag number, common name, scientific name, size (in dbh), condition, and condition comments (with note regarding whether the trees were field located or surveyed)

3. Forest Stand Analysis Report ___ Cover sheet (Must include Title, Date and Certification by Qualified Professional) Narrative to include the following: ___ Brief introduction describing location of the site, total acreage (to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre), zoning, current condition of the property (Partially developed? Undeveloped?) ___ A statement indicating the sampling methodology and equipment used for data collection ___ A statement of the total woodland to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre ___ A statement of the existing condition of each stand including a description of composition, structure, and condition, as well as retention potential and comments on stand history ___ Description of other environmental or cultural features which may impact decisions on forest retention ___ A statement regarding the presence or absence of rare, threatened, or endangered species including the source of this information (SSPRA layer or Letter from Maryland Natural Heritage Program) ___ A statement regarding the presence or absence of specimen, champion and historic trees including condition comments that may affect retention potential ___ A statement regarding the soils (including the mapping unit name and description, k-factor, hydric rating, hydrologic soil group, and drainage class) ___ Field sampling data sheets ___ Forest analysis worksheets ___ Forest stand summary sheets Supporting information to be provided: ___ Site Vicinity Map ___A dated custom soil resource report for an area of interest (AOI) established for the subject site and generated from the USDA NRCS WSS ___ Information obtained regarding the presence or absence of rare, threatened, or endangered species including the source of this information (SSPRA layer or Letter from Maryland Natural Heritage Program) ___ If a wetland study is not required, color photocopies of the NWI map, the MDDNR Wetland Guidance Map, and the soil survey (otherwise, these materials should be included with the wetland study ___ Letter from Maryland Natural Heritage Program 4. Additional Documents to be included with the application ___ 2 copies of completed checklist

B-3, FSD-3 Intermediate FSD Checklist Page 2 of 2

Appendix B-30

 010 

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-16.Detailed FSD Checklist Project Name: ____________________________ Associated Plan: __________________________ Prepared By: _____________________________ Date: ___________________________________

Detailed FSD Checklist Use when the site or application does not qualify for a Simplified or Intermediate FSD. The Detailed FSD must include a plan, using the standard line types and symbols, sampling data, and supporting text for the entire site. Additional information may be required by the Planning Director or designee.

Submittal Requirements 1. Site Vicinity Map (Place on plan and include copy with Forest Stand Analysis report) ___ Location of the project site and surrounding area within one square mile ___ Major roads and intersections ___ North arrow ___ Boundaries of property ___ Minimum scale of 1”=2,000’ 2. Environmental Features Map ___ Property boundaries (tax maps, plats or surveyed boundaries of all lot(s) and/or parcel(s) included for the entire property ___ Locations of all existing structures and easements ___ Topographic contours (maximum interval = 2 feet) ___ North arrow ___ Existing regulated woodlands and trees on the property and extending off the property 100 feet ___ Regulated streams and required buffers ___ Limit of 100-year floodplain and source stated ___ Nontidal or tidal wetlands and required buffers (If present must also include a wetland report) ___ Location of existing Critical Habitat Areas for rare, threatened, and endangered species ___ Locations of cultural features and historic sites ___ Location of soils mapping units within each soil series shown on the plan to scale, using standard soils boundary symbol per EPS standards ___ Table stating the soils mapping unit name and description, k-factor, hydric rating, hydrologic soil group, and drainage class ___ Location of steep slopes (15% and greater) ___ Standard FSD Notes ___ Title, date, revisions and scale ___ Legend containing all features shown on the plan (Standard symbols used) ___ Qualified professional certification with name, address, phone number, email, stamp (if applicable), signature, and date of plan certification on each sheet ___ Locations of Forest Interior Dwelling Species (FIDS) habitat ___ Field sample point locations in adequate numbers and locations to delineate separate stands ___ Forest stand boundaries and stand acreages to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre ___ Forest stand summary table including all required information ___ Locations of specimen, champion and historic trees and their critical root zones. ___ Table of specimen, champion and historic trees stating field flag number, common name, scientific name, size (in dbh), condition, and condition comments (with note regarding whether the trees were field located or surveyed)

B-3, FSD-4 Detailed FSD Checklist Page 1 of 2

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010

Appendix B-31

3. Forest Stand Analysis Report ___ Cover sheet (Must include Title, Date and Certification by Qualified Professional) Narrative to include the following: ___ Brief introduction describing location of the site, total acreage (to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre), zoning, current condition of the property (Partially developed? Undeveloped?) ___ A statement indicating the sampling methodology and equipment used for data collection ___ A statement of the total woodland to the nearest one-hundredth of an acre ___ A statement of the existing condition of each stand including a description of composition, structure, and condition, as well as retention potential and comments on stand history ___ Description of other environmental or cultural features which may impact decisions on forest retention ___ A statement regarding the presence or absence of rare, threatened, or endangered species including the source of this information (SSPRA layer or Letter from Maryland Natural Heritage Program) ___ A statement regarding the presence or absence of specimen, champion and historic trees including condition comments that may affect retention potential ___ A statement regarding the soils (including the mapping unit name and description, k-factor, hydric rating, hydrologic soil group, and drainage class) ___ Field sampling data sheets ___ Forest analysis worksheets ___ Forest stand summary sheets Supporting information to be provided: ___ Site Vicinity Map ___A dated custom soil resource report for an area of interest (AOI) established for the subject site and generated from the USDA NRCS WSS ___ Information obtained regarding the presence or absence of rare, threatened, or endangered species including the source of this information (SSPRA layer or Letter from Maryland Natural Heritage Program) ___ If a wetland study is not required, color photocopies of the NWI map, the MDDNR Wetland Guidance Map, and the soil survey (otherwise, these materials should be included with the wetland study ___ Letter from Maryland Natural Heritage Program 4. Additional Documents to be included with the application ___ 2 copies of completed checklist

B-3, FSD-4 Detailed FSD Checklist Page 1 of 2

Appendix B-32

ď€

August 2010ď€

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-17.Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet (Blank)

Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet Property:

Prepared by:

Stand #:

Plot#:

Plot Size:

Basal Area in sf/acre:

Size Class of Trees within sample plot

Tree Species Crown Position

Date:

# of Trees

#of Trees

# of Trees

# of Trees

# of Trees

2-5.9" dbh

6-9.9" dbh

10-17.9"dbh

18-29.9" dbh

> 30" dbh

Total

DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH

Total Number of Trees per Size Class Number of standing dead trees 6" dbh or greater 1/100 Ac. Samples:

List of Common Understory Species 3'-20'

N

E

S

W

Total

C

% Understory Cover 3'-20'

List of Herbaceous Species 0'-3'

C

List of Invasive Species

% Invasive Cover

% Canopy Coverage

C

N

E

S

W

Total

N

E

S

W

Total

% Herbaceous/ Woody Cover 0'-3'

C

N

E

S

W

Total

Plot Successional Stage:

Comments: Total number of tree species>6": sheet__ of __

B-3, FSD-5 Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet (Blank) Page 1 of 1 Prince George’s County Planning Department

August, 2010

Appendix B-33

NRI-18.Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet (Example Property)

Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet Property:

Example Property

Stand #:

A

Prepared by: Reel E. Qualified

Plot#:

1

Basal Area in sf/acre: 55

Date: 8/30/2010

Size Class of Trees within sample plot

Tree Species Crown Position

1/10 Ac

Plot Size:

# of Trees

#of Trees

# of Trees

# of Trees

# of Trees

2-5.9" dbh

6-9.9" dbh

10-17.9"dbh

18-29.9" dbh

> 30" dbh

Total

DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH DOM COD OTH



2



1



2



1



1

2 1

3

2

3

1

Total Number of Trees per Size Class

4

2

1

2

2

2

6

Number of standing dead trees 6" dbh or greater

4

1

14

1

2

1/100 Ac. Samples:

List of Common Understory Species 3'-20'

Sassafras,eastern redbud, laurel

mountain C 45

List of Herbaceous Species 0'-3'

solomon's seal,

% Canopy Coverage

N 25

E 50

S 40

W 35

% Invasive Cover Total

39

% Understory Cover 3'-20'

wild ginger,aster,goldenrod C N E 50 40 40 List of Invasive Species Multiflora Rose,Honeysuckle

S 50

W 50

Total

46

C 10

N 10

E 10

S 10

W 50

Total

18

% Herbaceous/ Woody Cover 0'-3'

C 75

N 50

E 80

S 75

W 50

Total

66

Plot Successional Stage: Late-Succession Upland

Oak-

Hickory Assoc.

Comments:

Many invasives in western part of stand

Total number of tree species >6": 4 sheet__ of __

B-3, FSD-6 Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet (Example) Page 1 of 1 Appendix B-34

August, 2010 Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-19.Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet Preparation Guidelines Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet Preparation Guidelines Property : List the name of the project site where the field sampling is being done Prepared by: Name of the Qualified Professional completing the field sampling Stand#: List the stand designation that the individual plot is located in Plot # List the plot number of the individual sample plot th Plot Size: List the size of sample plot (i.e. 1/10 acre) Date: List the date that the field sampling took place LOCATE PLOT CENTER AND FLAG OR STAKE LOCATION Basal Area in square feet per acre: Data can be taken with a prism, or angle gauge. To determine the basal area using a prism, total the number of “in” trees and multiply by the prism factor for each plot sampled. The angle gauge is used in a similar method. (refer to text) Size class of trees within sample plot: For all five points included for the data sample plot (Center, North, South, East and West) record the following information: Tree species: List all tree species observed from each directional point.

For each of the tree species listed, show the number in each size class and what crown position they are in.

Crown Position: Dominant species: Trees which are the largest or tallest. They extend above surrounding individuals and capture sunlight from above and around the crown.

Co-dominant species: Trees that extend their crowns into the canopy and receive direct sunlight from above but limited sunlight from the sides. One or more sides of a co-dominant tree are crowded by the crowns of dominant trees.

Other: All other trees observed which do not meet the definition of dominant of co dominant trees. (Smaller –but qualifying trees) Total: For each Tree Species listed, total all columns left to right for all sizes and crown position Total Number of Trees per Size Class: Total all rows for each size class Number of standing dead trees 6”dbh or greater: List all standing dead trees 6 dbh or larger under the corresponding size class column List of Common Understory Species 3’-20’: List all of the common understory species observed from each directional point List of Herbaceous Species 0’-3”: List the herbaceous species observed from each directional point List of Invasive Species: List all of the invasive species observed from each directional point and for all layers.

(Overstory (O), Understory (U), and Herbaceous (H).

B-3, FSD-7

 Prince George’s County Planning Department

Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet Preparation Guidelines Page 1 of 2

August 2010 Appendix B-35

% Canopy Coverage: Record the percentage of canopy cover for each directional point. Canopy coverage may be obtained using a visual estimate for each plot. (See Crown density scale- Appendix A-1) Average the five directional points and enter the total. % Understory Cover 3’-20’: Record the percentage of understory cover for each directional point. Average the five directional points and enter the total. % Invasive Cover: Record the percentage of invasive cover for all layers including overstory, understory and herbaceous layers. Enter the average of all layers. % Herbaceous/Woody Cover 0’-3’: Record the percentage of herbaceous and woody cover for each directional point. Average the five directional points and enter the total.

Plot Successional Stage: Forests are characterized as early, mid or late successional, with characteristic growth rates and species composition. Additional information which may be helpful in assessment is available soil moisture, often described as xeric, mesic, or hydric. Species composition descriptions, such as upland, may reflect these soil conditions. Note the forest association.

Comments: This may include other noteworthy information such as evidence of past management practices, cultural or historical features, specimen trees, wildlife notes or rare, threatened and endangered plant species.

Total number of tree species > 6”: Record the total number of tree species observed on the plot greater than 6”dbh

 Appendix B-36

B-3, FSD-7 Forest Sample Plot Field Data Sheet Preparation Guidelines Page 2 of 2

August 2010 Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-20.Crown Density Scale





Crown density scale used for estimating crown cover. (Rows of squares with black and white patterns represent three different arrangements of vegetated cover for a given percentage.)

Adapted from Paine, 1981

 Prince George’s County Planning Department

B-3, FSD-7 Crown Density Scale Page 1 of 1

August 2010 Appendix B-37

NRI-21.Forest Stand Summary Sheet

Forest Stand Summary Sheet Property: Location: Prepared By: Stand Variable

(Town, County ADC Map #, and Grid Coordinates) Date: _________ Stand #

Stand #

1. Dominant species/ Co-dominant species 2. Forest Association 3. Successional stage 4. Basal Area in s.f. per acre 5. Size class of dominant species 6. Percent of canopy coverage 7. Number of tree species per acre 8. Common understory species 9. Percent of understory cover 3' to 20' tall 10. Number of understory species 3' to 20' tall 11. Common herbaceous species 12. Percent of herbaceous & woody plant cover 0' to 3' tall 13. List of major invasive plant species and percent of cover 14. Number of standing dead trees 6" dbh or greater 15. Comments Sheet___ of ___

August 2010

B-3, FSD-9 Forest Stand Summary Sheet (Blank) Page 1 of 1 Appendix B-38

August, 2010

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-22.Forest Stand Summary Sheet Preparation Guidelines  Forest Stand Summary Sheet Preparation Guidelines The Forest Stand Summary Sheet is prepared using the combined date from the individual sample plots taken in the field. Data is summarized for each stand existing on the subject property.

Property: Enter the name of the project site where the field sampling was done Location: List the town, ADC Map number and grid coordinates Prepared by: Name of the Qualified Professional who completed the field sampling.

Date: Enter the date that the field sampling took place.

Stand #: Enter the stand designation and acreage (if there are more than two forest stands on the property, additional sheets must be used).

1.

Dominant species/Co-dominant species: List the dominant and co dominant species for each stand.

2.

Forest Association: Based on the dominant and co-dominant species, enter the forest association type.

3.

Successional stage: Enter the successional stage of the stand based on the average of all individual plots.

4.

Basal area in square feet per acre: To get an average for the stand, add the basal areas for all of the individual sample plots and divide this total by the number of sample plots in the stand.

5.

Size class of dominant species: To enter the average size class, add the size class totals for all of the individual sample plots and divide this total by the number of sample plots in the stand.

6.

Percent of canopy coverage: This is the average percent of canopy coverage for all sample points in the stand. Add the totals for all individual plot data sheets and divide by the number of sample plots in the stand.

7.

Number of tree species per acre: To determine the number of species per acre, count all of the different species listed in the first column of the individual data sheets. Next, take the area of the forest stand in acreage and divide by the number of different species.

8.

Common understory species: List the 3 or 4 most common species that occur in the 3’ to 20’ layer.

9.

Percent of understory cover 3’ to 20’ tall: This is the average percent of understory cover for all sample plots in the stand. Add the totals for all individual sample plots and divide this total by the number of sample plots in the stand.

10. Number of understory species 3’ to 20’ tall: Count the number of different species in the understory layer.

11. Common herbaceous species: List the 3 or 4 most common species that occur in the 3’ to 20’ layer.

12. Percent of herbaceous & woody plant cover 0’ to 3’ tall: This is the average percent of herbaceous and woody cover for all sample plots in the stand. Add the totals for all individual sample plots and divide this total by the number of sample plots in the stand.

13. List of major invasive plant species and percent of cover: List the major invasive plant species and amount of area coverage. For example: O-Norway Maple U-Multiflora Rose

20 %( of the overstory layer) 60% (of the understory layer)

B-3, FSD-10

 Prince George’s County Planning Department

Forest Stand Summary Sheet Preparation Guidelines Page 1 of 2

August 2010

Appendix B-39

 H-Japanese Honeysuckle 40 %( of the herbaceous layer) 14. Number of standing dead trees 6” dbh or greater per acre: Divide the average for all plots sampled by plot size. For example, if the average for all plots is 2 and the plot size is 0.1 acre, the number per acre is 20.

15. Comments: This is a summary of comments included on the individual plot data sheets.

B-3, FSD-10

 Appendix B-40

Forest Stand Summary Sheet Preparation Guidelines

August 2010

Page 2 of 2

Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-23.Forest Analysis Worksheet

Forest Analysis Worksheet The following parameters are measured and evaluated at each sample plot as shown on the forest sample plot field data sheet. Each parameter is given a value and upon completion of the sampling, the preparer will total the numbers for each sample plot to give an accurate analysis of each stand. This worksheet must be included in the FSD report for each stand and the Summary Table (below) must be shown on the plan.

Part A: Composition and Structure

Part B: Condition

1. Percent canopy closure 70-100% 40-69% 10-39% 0-9%

3 2 1 0

2. Number of shrubs under 20” tall 15 or more 10-14 5- 9 0-4

3 2 1 0

3. #. of tree species 5” DBH and greater 6 or more

3

4-5 2-3 0-1

2 1 0

4. Size class of dominant trees Greater than 20” 6-19.9” 3-5.9” Less than 3”

1. Invasive species coverage (%) Herbaceous <1 1-5 >5 Understory <1 1-5 >5 Canopy <1 1-5 >5 2. Percent of damage from insect & disease or storm damage 0-10 11-20 21-30 31+

3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

3 2 1 0

3 2 1 0

3. Percent of downed dead woody material present 15-50% 5-14% 51-100% 0-4%

3 2 1 0

5.Percent herbaceous and shrub cover under 3” 75-100% 25-74% 5-24% 0-4%

3 2 1 0

4. Average number of standing dead trees/tenth acre plot 0-1 2 3-5 5 or more

3 2 1 0

6. Stocking level (BA) <50 50-120

3 2

5. Other features At the discretion of the preparer, additional points may be assigned; provide description in the narrative

>120

1

7. Other features At the discretion of the preparer, additional points may be assigned; provide description in the narrative

2 1

2

1 Composition and Structure TOTAL

  Prince George’s County Planning Department

Condition TOTAL

B-3, FSD-11 Forest Analysis Worksheet (Example Property) Page 1 of 2

August 2010 Appendix B-41

Part C: Location 1.

Location of regulated features (Refer to Part __ of the Technical Manual and Corresponding County Code, Subtitle __, Division _) Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3

20 15 10 Location rating: ________

Part D: Stand Function Place an “X” in the corresponding box that describes the existing stand functions or add functions that are specific to the stand.

Stand A

water quality protection

visual screening

wildlife habitat

energy conservation

personal woodlot

other function

B C D etc.

Summary Table - Forest Analysis and Priorities (this table is to be provided on the FSD or NRI – refer to the Technical Manual text for how to determine the final priorities) Part A Structure (Out of 20)

Part B Condition (Out of 20)

Part C Location (Out of 20)

Total (out of 60)

Stand A

Priority for Preservation (H, M or L)

Priority for Restoration (H, M or L)

B C D

etc.

  Appendix B-42

B-3, FSD-11 Forest Analysis Worksheet (Example Property) Page 2 of 2

August 2010 Environmental Technical Manual

NRI-24.Suggested Format for Forest Stand Delineation Report 



Suggested Format For Forest Stand Delineation Report

Forest Stand Delineation Report for Name of Project

Prepared for: Name of Developer or Owner Address Phone Number

Prepared by: Name of Consultant or Preparer Address Phone Number Fax Number Email address

Certification Certification statement by qualified professional Signature___________ Date______________



B-3, FSD-12 Forest Stand Delineation Report Template Page 1 of 5

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010 Appendix B-43





I.

SITE LOCATION AND CONDITIONS

Description of the property including the area (in acreage), location and relationship to the nearest major road, zoning, current use, and adjoining uses.

State the area (in acreage) of qualifying forest that exists on the property.

Description of any structural remains or existing constructed features on-site, and any cultural features of historic significance on or adjacent to the property. A statement regarding the presence of any historic sites, and/or scenic or historic roads should also be included.

II.

EQUIPMENT USED

Description of the equipment used to determine the findings reported on the data sheets and a description of how the placement of sample points was determined. (Usually a topographic map provides orientation) III.

METHODOLOGY

Description of the prescribed methodology cited in the current Maryland Department of Natural Resources, State Forest Conservation Technical Manual for Preliminary and Field Developed Forest Stand Delineations.

A description of the sampling methods used and how the number of plots were determined and evaluated. A statement on how the Forest Structure Analysis was calculated from data tallied at each of the sample point locations.

IV.

GEOLOGY/SOILS

Description of position of site in relationship to slopes. (I.e. Upland position with southerly facing slopes).

Description of soil types and source. (Prince George’s County Soils Survey). Include information on the presence /absence of Marlboro clay. Reference the soils table. (Included at the end of report).

2

B-3, FSD-12 Forest Stand Delineation Report Template

 Appendix B-44

Page 2 of 5 

August 2010 Environmental Technical Manual





V.

STAND DESCRIPTIONS

Descriptions for each forest stand delineated on the site. Each description should include the number of sample points that were taken in the field study of the site, and the details for the stand including the species types and sizes, the average diameter of specimen trees and the average diameter of trees for the entire stand.

It should also include a statement of the forest structure determination (Excellent, Good, Poor, etc). The presence of steep and/or severe slopes should also be noted.

VI.

RARE,THREATENED & ENDANGERED SPECIES

A statement should be included to indicate the presence or absence of rare, threatened or endangered species.

Reference should be made to the letter sent to the Maryland Department of Natural Resources requesting the Environmental Review of the property. A copy of the response letter should be included with the report.

VII.

WETLANDS

State that all wetlands and streams are shown and labeled on the plan, or that there are no wetlands present. If wetlands are present, a formal wetland delineation in accordance with the current Corps of Engineers’ Wetland Delineation Manual must be performed and submitted for review with the FSD or NRI. Reference should be made that a Wetland Delineation/Evaluation report has been submitted.

VIII.

SUMMARY

Summary of information provided. (As described above, data was collected for the purpose of determining the value of the forest cover (Summary Table) existing on the property. Stand A received a “Good” rating on the Forest Structure Analysis sheet. Describe how priorities were assigned to existing forest stands. (Forest stands are prioritized for retention based on the summary and analysis of stand characteristics and at least one other objective such as timber management, aesthetics or recreation. Include a description of what elements were present that resulted in the priority rating) Refer to Section 4.2.4c for characteristics used to assign stand priorities.

3

B-3, FSD-12 Forest Stand Delineation Report Template



Prince George’s County Planning Department

Page 3 of 5 

August 2010

Appendix B-45





SAMPLE TABLES

Map Unit Symbol

Map Unit Name

Table 1. Sample Soils Table K-Factor Hydric Hydrologic (Whole Soil) Rating Soil Group

Drainage Class

Adelphia silt loam, Unknown 2 to 5 percent slopes 0.37 Hydric C Moderately well drained Adelphia-Aquasco complex, 0 to 2 Not AcA percent slopes 0.37 Hydric C Moderately well drained Adelphia-Holmdel complex, 0 to 2 Partially AdA percent slopes 0.37 Hydric C Moderately well drained Adelphia-Holmdel complex, 2 to 5 Partially AdB percent slopes 0.37 Hydric C Moderately well drained Taken from: USDA, NRCS, Web Soil Survey (WSS) available online at http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov AaB

Table 2. Sample Specimen, Champion and Historic Tree Table NO. 1

COMMON NAME Red Maple

SCIENTIFIC NAME

DBH (INCHES) 38

CONDITION RATING Good

CONDITION COMMENTS

Acer rubrum

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Red Maple Yellow Poplar White Oak Yellow Poplar Yellow Poplar White Oak Yellow Poplar

Acer rubrum Liriodendron tulipifera Quercus alba Liriodendron tulipifera Liriodendron tulipifera Quercus alba Liriodendron tulipifera

40 40 31 31 31 32 31

Poor Poor Fair Good Good Good Fair

Storm damage Lightning strike Some breakage

9 10

White Oak Chestnut Oak

Quercus alba Quercus prinus

31 32

Good Fair

Powdery mildew; atypical form Some breakage

NOTE: ALL SPECIMEN, CHAMPION AND HISTORIC TREES WERE FIELD LOCATED

4



Appendix B-46

B-3, FSD-12 Forest Stand Delineation Report Template Page 4 of 5

August 2010

Environmental Technical Manual



NRI-25.Additional Information Needed for FSD Report 

Additional Information Needed for FSD report

Site Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” vicinity map (taken from Prince George’s County ADC Map, or similar) (Scale: 1”=2,000’) with outline of property shown and labeled.

Soils Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” dated custom soil resource report for an area of interest (AOI) established for the subject site and generated from the USDA NRCS WSS State Wildlife and Heritage Service letter- provide copy of environmental review letter received from The Maryland Department of Natural Resources-Wildlife and Heritage Service.

Forest Sample Point Data Sheets- include ALL sample point data sheets Forest Analysis Worksheets-include for ALL sample points Forest Stand Summary Sheets- include for ALL forest stands

IF A SEPARATE WETLAND DELINEATION REPORT IS NOT PROVIDED, then the following information MUST BE INCLUDED with the FSD report: National Wetland Inventory Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” NWI map (Quad) in color (Scale: 1”=2,000’) with outline of property shown and labeled.

Wetlands of Special State Concern Map- provide 8 ½” x 11” Maryland Department of Natural Resources Nontidal Wetland Guidance Map in color



B-3, FSD-12 Forest Stand Delineation Report Template Page 5 of 5

Prince George’s County Planning Department

August 2010 Appendix B-47



Appendix B-48

Environmental Technical Manual

Appendix C

Preservation, Restoration and Enhancement of Regulated Environmental Features (REF)

Appendix C-2

Environmental Technical Manual

REF-1.TBD

Section to be determined soon.

Prince Georgeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s County Planning Department

Appendix C-3

Appendix C-4

Environmental Technical Manual

Appendix D

Tree Canopy Coverage (TCC)

TCC-1.Calculating Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements Calculating Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements The following scenarios address the majority of applications and methods for meeting the tree canopy coverage requirement. Because each site is unique, the notes to be provided and where they are to be provided are flexible and should be adjusted to fit the situation of the site.

Scenario A: Sufficient woodland conservation is being provided so that the tree canopy coverage requirement is also met If a site proposes to meet the tree coverage requirement using woodland conservation, the following note must be provided below the woodland conservation worksheet on the tree conservation plan. The example is a for a 2.55-acre site zoned R-R. Note: The tree coverage requirement on this site has been met using woodland conservation onsite as follows: Tree canopy coverage required: 0.38 acres or 16,553 SF (2.55 acres x 15%. This is the percentage of minimum canopy coverage required as shown in Table 1. Tree Canopy Requirements by Zone) Tree canopy coverage provided using woodland conservation: 0.91 acres (this will be shown on the worksheet above this note) Scenario B: Sufficient woodland conservation has not been provided on-site to meet the tree canopy coverage requirement If a site proposes to meet the tree coverage requirement using a portion of woodland conservation and some landscaping that is not being credited toward meeting the woodland conservation requirements, the following note must be provided below the woodland conservation worksheet. The example is a 2.55acre site zoned R-R. Note: The tree canopy coverage requirement on this site has been met using woodland conservation and landscaping [or just landscaping] as follows: Tree canopy coverage required: 0.38 acres or 16,553 SF (2.55 acres x 15%) Tree canopy coverage provided using woodland conservation: 0.23 acres or 10,019 (this will be shown on the worksheet above this note) Tree canopy coverage provided using landscaping: 0.15 acres (6,534 square feet) Total tree canopy coverage provided: 0.38 acres or 16,553 SF Scenario C: Site is exempt from the woodland conservation requirements If a site is exempt from the woodland conservation requirements, then the provision of the tree canopy coverage requirement must be documented on the plans available through the use of the tree canopy coverage worksheet or notes on the plans as appropriate.

Scenario D For sites that are in the stage of the review process where only a TCP1 is required (CSP, CDP, preliminary plan), then a note on the plans must be provided that states the amount of the requirement and how it will be met because a tree conservation plan is not required. The example is the same 2.55-acre site used above. The following note would be placed on the TCP1:

August 2010

Appendix D-2

D‐1, TC‐1 Page 1

Environmental Technical Manual

Note: The tree canopy coverage requirement on this site will be shown on a landscape plan to be submitted with the first permit (this timing mechanism assumes there will be no SDP or DSP prior to permit). AND, the appropriate notes with regard to conceptually how the tree canopy coverage requirement might be met such as those below.

Tree canopy coverage required: 0.38 acres or 16,553 SF (2.55 acres x 15%) Tree canopy coverage provided using woodland conservation: 0 acres Tree canopy coverage to be provided using landscaping: 0.38 acres or 16,553 SF Scenario E: For sites that are in the stage of the review process where a TCP2 would have been required (DSP or SDP) if the site was not exempt from the WCO, then a landscape plan must be provided with the tree canopy coverage worksheet included. The note below shall be placed on the DSP or SDP. Note: The tree canopy coverage calculations are shown on the landscape plan.

August 2010 D‐1, TC‐1

Page 2

Prince George’s County Planning Department

Appendix D-3

TCC-2.Tree Canopy Coverage Worksheet

Worksheet for Calculating Tree Cover Credit

Project Name:

Plan #

Site Calculations: Total Acres(gross tract)

% of required TC

TC in Acres

0 Credit per Tree Based on Size at Planting (in square feet)

Category

Deciduous - columnar tree (50' or less height) Deciduous - small ornamental tree (20' or less height with equal spread) Deciduous - medium shade tree (25-50' height with equal spread or greater; and over 50' height with less spread than height) Deciduous - large shade tree (50' and greater ht. with spread equal to or greater than ht.; and trees 75' or greater ht.)

Evergreen - columnar tree (less than 30' height with spread less than 15') Evergreen - small tree (30-40' height with spread of 15-20') Evergreen - medium tree (40-50' height with spread of 20-30') Evergreen - large tree (50' height or greater with spread of over 30')

TC in S.F.

0

Number of Total Credit Trees

1-1 1/2" = 40 2-2 1/2" = 50 3-3 1/2" = 75 1-1 1/2" = 75 2-2 1/2" = 100 3-3 1/2" = 125 1-1 1/2" = 125 2-2 1/2" = 150 3-3 1/2" = 175 1-1 1/2" = 150 2-2 1/2" = 200 3-3 1/2" = 250

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6-8' = 40 8-10' = 50 10-12' = 75 6-8' = 75 8-10' = 100 10-12' = 125 6-8' = 125 8-10' = 150 10-12' = 175 6-8' = 150 8-10' = 200 10-12' = 250

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

TOTAL NUMBER OF TREES

A. TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE IN PLANTED TREES = B. TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE OF EXISTING TREES= C. TOTAL TREE CANOPY COVERAGE PROVIDED = D. TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE REQUIRED =

0 0

0

(manually enter information/figures in these areas) NOTE: C. should equal or exceed D.

Date

Prepared by

August 2010

Appendix D-4

D-1, TC-2

Environmental Technical Manual

Appendix E

Chesapeake Bay Critical Area (CBCA)

Appendix E-2

Environmental Technical Manual

CBCA-1.TBD

Section to be determined soon.

Prince Georgeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s County Planning Department

Appendix E-3

The Maryland-National Capital Park and Planning Commission Prince Georgeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s County Planning D epartment 14741 Governor Oden Bowie Drive Upper Marlboro, MD 20772 www.pgplanning.org